{"title":"Metal Jewelry Displays","description":"\u003c!--hero--\u003e\u003cdiv data-hero=\"2\" style=\"position:relative;margin:0 0 22px;border-radius:14px;overflow:hidden;background:linear-gradient(135deg,#8C6838,#1A1418);font-family:Jost,Inter,Arial,sans-serif\"\u003e\n\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 1200 260\" preserveaspectratio=\"xMidYMid slice\" xmlns=\"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2000\/svg\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Metal Jewelry Display\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%\"\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"150\" fill=\"#EADCC6\" opacity=\"0.07\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"96\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"#EADCC6\" stroke-width=\"4\" opacity=\"0.35\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003cg opacity=\"0.16\" stroke=\"#ffffff\" stroke-width=\"3\"\u003e\u003cline x1=\"-200\" y1=\"52\" x2=\"120\" y2=\"52\"\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x1\" values=\"-200;1300\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x2\" values=\"120;1620\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003c\/line\u003e\u003c\/g\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding:clamp(18px,4vw,40px) clamp(16px,5vw,60px)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#ffffff;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(24px,4.2vw,46px);line-height:1.15\"\u003eMetal Jewelry Display\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#EADCC6;font-weight:500;font-size:clamp(15px,2.1vw,24px);line-height:1.35;margin-top:6px\"\u003eGold, black, white metal, wall-mounted, tree, box\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin-top:14px;display:flex;flex-wrap:wrap;gap:8px\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"display:inline-block;background:#ffffff;color:#1A1418;border-radius:17px;padding:6px 16px;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(12px,1.5vw,17px);line-height:1.3;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e14-day returns\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c!--\/hero--\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-seo=\"1\" style=\"max-width:920px;margin:0 auto;font-size:16px;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:6px 0 14px\"\u003eMetal jewelry holder: gold, black or white, as a tree, wall-mounted or as a box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003emetal jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines slim lines, a stable base and a finish that suits almost every interior. This collection brings together models in \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e, steel or \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry trees and rods, stands for necklaces, earrings, rings and bracelets, wall-mounted jewelry holders, jewelry boxes, watch boxes, safes and winders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003emetal jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e sits on a dresser or is fixed to the wall, depending on the model. \u003cstrong\u003eGold metal\u003c\/strong\u003e extends the glow of gold, black gives a graphic look, white stays discreet, and silver-tone suits a light showcase. Some models combine metal with wood, glass or marble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhy choose a metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim lines.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rods, rings and frames take up little room and leave the jewelry visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rigid structure.\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal supports a thick necklace or bracelet better than a thin rod in a soft material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral finishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold, black, white or silver-tone: the shade suits the decor of the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA personal style.\u003c\/strong\u003e A jewelry tree, a hand, a frame or a grid is a decorative object as much as storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModels for all jewelry.\u003c\/strong\u003e Necklaces, earrings, rings, bracelets and watches each find their form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eThe bedroom wall that stays empty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNecklaces sleep in a heap at the bottom of a drawer and the bedroom has no free foot of dresser. A wall-mounted metal jewelry holder, with its aligned hooks, frees up space and lets you choose the necklace of the day at a glance. On a vanity, a jewelry tree keeps earrings in pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eWhich metal jewelry holder should you choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe right model depends on what you store, the space available and the shade you want. Here are the most common families.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eGold metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003egold metal jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e suits gold jewelry as well as more colorful pieces. It evokes a refined boutique. It pairs well with black velvet or wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eBlack and white metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e finish contrasts with light-colored jewelry and pearls, while a \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e one blends into a bright room. These shades suit a minimalist interior or a market booth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/porte-bijoux-mural\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ewall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/a\u003e is fixed with screws or anchors, depending on the surface. Check the load the wall can bear before drilling, and plan an eye-level height to take jewelry down easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eMetal jewelry tree and necklace holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/arbre-a-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ejewelry tree\u003c\/a\u003e sets its slim branches on a stable base; a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoir-collier\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003emetal necklace holder\u003c\/a\u003e keeps chains separated to avoid tangles. Both sit on a dresser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eMetal jewelry boxes and watch boxes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal also dresses boxes, chests, winders and watch safes, often with a velvet-lined interior. Some models combine metal with glass to show their contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eDimensions and stability to check\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the length of your necklaces and the \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e available on the furniture. A tall stand needs a \u003cstrong\u003eheavy base\u003c\/strong\u003e or a wide one so it does not tip, and a wall-mounted model needs a wall able to carry the jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eCaring for a metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eKeeping the gold or black finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid abrasive products and scratching sponges, especially on a gold finish. A barely damp cloth is enough for stuck-on dust, to be dried right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eAvoiding humidity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the stand away from the bathroom if possible: a very humid atmosphere can mark some metals. Dry it before putting the jewelry back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about metal jewelry holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do I make an easy jewelry holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA few hooks on a board, a hanger or a frame are enough to hang necklaces. For a polished and stable result, a finished metal model takes less DIY.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do I make a metal jewelry holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have to bend or weld rods, work that takes equipment. A jewelry tree that is already assembled saves that effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do I care for a gold metal jewelry holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a soft cloth and avoid excess water and harsh products. Store it away from humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhere can I buy a metal jewelry holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere, by comparing finishes, shapes and sizes. For a warm material, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoir-bijoux-bois\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ewooden jewelry display\u003c\/a\u003e pairs well with metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eOrder your metal jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the finish, the shape and the size, then add the model to your cart. Shipping is free on orders over €25, returns remain possible within 14 days and the legal guarantee of conformity applies to every product. A 10% discount is deducted by itself at payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:13.5px;color:#64748b\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePopular searches:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal jewelry holder, gold metal jewelry holder, black metal jewelry holder, white metal jewelry holder, aluminum jewelry holder, gold metal jewelry box, metal jewelry box, metal and glass jewelry box, wall-mounted metal jewelry holder, metal necklace holder, metal jewelry tree, wood and metal jewelry holder, silver-tone jewelry box, metal jewelry display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eDiscover also\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/porte-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry holders\u003c\/a\u003e: all models, all materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoir-bijoux-acrylique-plexiglas\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ePlexiglass jewelry display\u003c\/a\u003e: a transparency that suits metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoir-bijoux-velours\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eVelvet jewelry display\u003c\/a\u003e: a soft background with metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoirs-bijoux-pierre\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eStone jewelry displays\u003c\/a\u003e: a stone base for slim rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv data-guides=\"1\" style=\"margin-top:28px\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur guides:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/conseils-guides-presentoirs-bijoux\/presentoir-bois-metal-velours-lin-guide-matieres\"\u003eWood, metal, velvet or linen displays: the materials guide\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/news\/quelle-matiere-choisir-presentoir-bijoux\"\u003eWhich material should you choose for a jewelry display?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"presentoir-collier-buste","title":"Baroque Gold Frame Jewelry Display Stand for One Piece","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBaroque Gold Frame Jewelry Display: 9 Individual Items for Necklaces, Earrings and Rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis range of \u003cstrong\u003egold jewelry displays\u003c\/strong\u003e combines \u003cstrong\u003ebaroque frames\u003c\/strong\u003e for necklaces, \u003cstrong\u003ebeige busts\u003c\/strong\u003e on gold stands, \u003cstrong\u003eT-shaped holders\u003c\/strong\u003e for earrings and \u003cstrong\u003ering cones\u003c\/strong\u003e. It includes \u003cstrong\u003e9 items sold individually\u003c\/strong\u003e: choose the item you need from the list and arrange your display at your own pace. Each item is ordered separately and is not delivered with the others. A warm and refined vintage jewelry style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eItems in the gold frame jewelry display range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold necklace frames\u003c\/strong\u003e: 19 x 12 cm or 22 x 14 cm, with a sculpted frame and beige panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige busts\u003c\/strong\u003e: 19 cm on a gold base, 25 cm on a gold stand, 12.5 cm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eT-shaped earring holders\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12, 20 and 28 cm, with a gold finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold ring cones\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5 cm and 8 cm high, 3 cm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaroque and gold style\u003c\/strong\u003e for a vintage jewelry setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold individually\u003c\/strong\u003e: buy only the item you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBaroque gold frame for necklaces: a vintage jewelry setting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gold necklace frame evokes museum frames: sculpted border, gold patina, and arched beige panel for hanging a necklace or choker. Placed on a counter or shelf, it showcases the jewelry like a painting. The small frame measures 19 x 12 cm, the large 22 x 14 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBeige busts, T-shaped holders and gold ring cones\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two beige busts, measuring 19 and 25 cm high and 12.5 cm wide, display necklaces from the front, on a gold base or stand. The T-shaped holders, measuring 12, 20 and 28 cm, display earrings at different heights. The 5 and 8 cm ring cones, 3 cm wide, each hold one ring at an ideal viewing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eArranging a set of individual gold displays\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a harmonious display, vary the heights: a frame at the back, a bust beside it, three T-shaped holders measuring 12, 20 and 28 cm in the foreground, and a few cones in front. As each item is sold separately, you can enhance the display throughout the seasons without paying for items you do not need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare for gold jewelry displays\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the panels and fabric busts with a soft brush, and the gold parts with a dry cloth. Avoid water and abrasive products, which damage the gold patina and mark the light fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the individual gold frame jewelry display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the 9 items delivered together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, each item is ordered separately: choose the item from the list. For several items, add them one by one to your cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the frames?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe small frame measures 19 x 12 cm, the large 22 x 14 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the heights of the T-shaped earring holders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 cm (on a base), 20 cm and 28 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cones suitable for all rings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey measure 5 and 8 cm high and 3 cm wide: one ring per cone, preferably a standard size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this gold frame display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux is dedicated to the display and storage of jewelry and watches. Each item is described separately, with its dimensions. Each item is covered by a 14-day return policy and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the frame, bust or gold holder missing from your display from the list.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the baroque gold frame jewelry display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry displays sold individually\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItems:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace frames, busts, T-shaped holders, ring cones\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold, beige panels and busts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrames:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 x 12 cm and 22 x 14 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBusts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 and 25 cm, 12.5 cm wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eT-shaped holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12, 20 and 28 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 and 8 cm, 3 cm wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft brush, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Gold frame with chains, 19 x 12 cm","offer_id":52364154470712,"sku":"14:29#Photo frame S","price":67.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold-tone T-shaped earring holder, 20 cm","offer_id":52364154503480,"sku":"14:173#20CM","price":46.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold T-shaped earring holder on stand, 12 cm","offer_id":52364154536248,"sku":"14:366#12CM","price":27.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold ring cone, 8 cm","offer_id":52364154569016,"sku":"14:1052#8CM","price":31.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold ring cone, 5 cm","offer_id":52364154601784,"sku":"14:496#5CM","price":25.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold frame with chains, 22 x 14 cm","offer_id":52364154634552,"sku":"14:193#Photo frame L","price":74.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige bust on a gold base, 19 cm","offer_id":52364154667320,"sku":"14:175#Portrait S","price":107.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige bust on a gold stand, 25 cm","offer_id":52364154700088,"sku":"14:10#Portrait L","price":114.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold-tone T-shaped earring holder, 28 cm","offer_id":52364154732856,"sku":"14:691#28CM","price":47.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/presentoir-collier-buste.jpg?v=1790510031"},{"product_id":"presentoir-collier-metal","title":"Wooden Necklace Display Stand with 12 or 18 Hooks, Light Wood or Walnut","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden necklace display with hooks: 12 or 18 necklaces on a round base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden necklace display\u003c\/strong\u003e consists of a round base, a central post, and a tray fitted with \u003cstrong\u003egold-colored hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ewalnut\u003c\/strong\u003e, with \u003cstrong\u003e12 or 18 hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is \u003cstrong\u003e25.5 to 41 cm tall\u003c\/strong\u003e. A \u003cstrong\u003ewooden necklace stand\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for a dressing table or a market stall counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features of this wooden necklace holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: light wood creates a warm atmosphere, while walnut provides a deeper look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 or 18 gold-colored hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: one hook per necklace prevents chains from tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: from 25.5 cm for a counter to 41 cm for displaying long necklaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable round base\u003c\/strong\u003e: measuring 9 to 15 cm in diameter depending on the model, it stands upright once loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklaces and bracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e: the hooks can also hold beaded or rigid bracelets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place the wooden necklace display: dressing table, market stall, display case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display is shown on a table against a red background, in front of a mirror, and on a light-colored tablecloth with a decorative bust. On a \u003cstrong\u003edressing table\u003c\/strong\u003e, it keeps your everyday chains within easy reach. On a \u003cstrong\u003emarket stall\u003c\/strong\u003e, shop counter, or at a \u003cstrong\u003edesigners' fair\u003c\/strong\u003e, several heights placed side by side create a subtle tiered effect, as shown in the lifestyle photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and finishes of the wooden necklace display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach model has its own dimensions. Light wood is available at \u003cstrong\u003e25.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e41 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall; walnut is available at \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e39 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The trays measure \u003cstrong\u003e11 to 18 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e in diameter, and the bases measure \u003cstrong\u003e9 to 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The hooks are made of gold-colored metal and come in quantities of \u003cstrong\u003e12\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e18\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArranging 12 or 18 necklaces around the wooden tray\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hooks are arranged around the tray, allowing you to display necklaces in a crown shape. Place the \u003cstrong\u003efine chains\u003c\/strong\u003e on adjacent hooks, alternating lengths and colors for a balanced visual effect. The \u003cstrong\u003ebeaded bracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be hung on the same tray, as shown in the images. The 18-hook model is suitable for a larger collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for light wood or walnut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the \u003cstrong\u003ewood\u003c\/strong\u003e with a soft, dry cloth. Avoid standing water and harsh cleaners, which can dull the finish. Remember not to overload a hook with a very heavy pendant; distribute the pieces to keep the tray balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wooden necklace display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many necklaces does this display hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDepending on the model you choose, it has 12 or 18 hooks, meaning one necklace per hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat heights are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom 25.5 cm to 41 cm, in light wood or walnut; each option in the menu indicates the height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the hooks made of wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are made of gold-colored metal and attached to the wooden tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan bracelets be hung on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, beaded or rigid bracelets can be placed on the hooks just like chains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between light wood and walnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight wood has a natural tone; walnut is dark brown. The shape and design are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden necklace display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach variant is described by its height, color, and number of hooks: you will know exactly what you are choosing before adding it to your cart. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your height and display your necklaces on genuine wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Necklace display with hooks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light wood or walnut, gold-colored metal hooks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 or 18 depending on the model\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.5 to 41 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTray:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 to 18 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 to 15 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Necklaces, bracelets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Light wood, 25.5 cm, 18 hooks","offer_id":52364171444536,"sku":"14:173#Short YM18 hooks","price":34.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light wood, 26 cm, 12 hooks","offer_id":52364171477304,"sku":"14:691#Short YM12 hooks","price":25.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light wood, 40 cm, 12 hooks, 15 cm base","offer_id":52364171510072,"sku":"14:29#wood 12S hooks","price":42.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut, 40 cm, 18 hooks","offer_id":52364171542840,"sku":"14:1052#tall HT18 hooks","price":36.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light wood, 41 cm, 18 hooks","offer_id":52364171575608,"sku":"14:366#tall YM18 hooks","price":41.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light wood, 40 cm, 12 hooks, 11.5 cm tray","offer_id":52364171608376,"sku":"14:175#wood 12 hooks","price":26.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut, 26 cm, 18 hooks","offer_id":52364171641144,"sku":"14:350853#Short HT18 hooks","price":38.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut, 40 cm, 12 hooks, 15 cm base","offer_id":52364171673912,"sku":"14:193#walnut 12S hooks","price":35.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut, 26 cm, 12 hooks","offer_id":52364171706680,"sku":"14:496#Short HT12 hooks","price":31.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut, 39 cm, 12 hooks, 9 cm base","offer_id":52364171739448,"sku":"14:10#walnut 12 hooks","price":30.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/presentoir-collier-metal.jpg?v=1790510032"},{"product_id":"boite-a-montre-metal-aluminium-6-places-velours","title":"5-Slot Glass-Top Aluminum Watch Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5-Watch Aluminum Watch Box: The Durability of a Case, the Glass of a Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds \u003cstrong\u003e5 watches\u003c\/strong\u003e in five compartments lined with black velvet, under a lid with a clear window. Its metal trim, reinforced corners, and lever latch give it the appearance of a small technical case, in \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Benefits of the Aluminum Metal Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum frame\u003c\/strong\u003e with corner trim, for a box that withstands travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e separated by dividers, one watch per slot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet lining\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects the cases and makes the dials stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid with a clear window\u003c\/strong\u003e: view the collection without opening it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal lever latch\u003c\/strong\u003e at the front and hinges at the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAn Industrial-Style Men's Watch Box for Home or Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed metal complements a contemporary desk, loft, or dressing room with clean lines. This \u003cstrong\u003emen's watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for sports watches, diving watches, and smartwatches with thick cases. In a store, the silver or black version displays five models behind the glass, on the counter or in a display case. An original gift for the \u003cstrong\u003edesigner watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications of the Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame and panels made of \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum\u003c\/strong\u003e, reinforced metal corners, \u003cstrong\u003e5 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e in a single row, black velvet interior lining, lid with a clear window, \u003cstrong\u003emetal latch\u003c\/strong\u003e at the front, two hinges at the back. Two colors: silver and black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStoring Five Watches in the Aluminum Case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace each watch in its slot, with the strap folded on either side of the case or wrapped around it. The dividers prevent the watches from sliding against each other. Place the most frequently worn watches in the center, within easy reach as soon as the latch is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for Aluminum and Velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal with a dry microfiber cloth, without abrasive products that could scratch the finish. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. The window can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the 5-Watch Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches does this aluminum box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has five compartments, one for each watch. They are arranged in a single row beneath the window in the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the silver and black versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the color of the metal changes: silver aluminum or black aluminum. The black velvet interior and the number of slots remain the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you take this box on a trip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts aluminum frame and latch make it more durable than a cardboard or faux leather box. Secure the straps in the slots before transporting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can you prevent marks on the metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry microfiber cloth is enough to remove fingerprints. Avoid abrasive sponges and abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder Your Metal Watch Box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers watch and jewelry storage in wood, leather, velvet, or metal, for both individuals and professionals. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive watches protected by an aluminum frame: sturdy, clean, and always visible.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass-fronted aluminum watch box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum, black velvet lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e silver or black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal latch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Money","offer_id":52364196217144,"sku":"BW-AL-05-ARG","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364196249912,"sku":"BW-AL-05-NR","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/29.png?v=1778165168"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-magasin-metal","title":"3-Slot Aluminum Watch Box with Transparent Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-Watch Aluminum Watch Box: a Case with a Transparent Lid, Black or Silver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds \u003cstrong\u003ethree watches\u003c\/strong\u003e in three separate compartments, under a transparent lid that lets you see the collection without opening it. The walls are ribbed, it closes with a metal latch, and the case is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e. A case for both storage and display, for home, shop, or travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA transparent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the three watches remain visible without opening the box, like in a small display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn aluminum structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: it is lightweight and rigid, and protects the watches from everyday impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree separate compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: each watch has its place, without rubbing against its neighbor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA metal latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: it keeps the lid closed during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black for a discreet style, silver for a raw and modern metal look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Watch Box for Shop Displays, Dressers, and Suitcases\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, it gathers the three favorite watches in a drawer or on a dresser. In a shop, it is a practical case for presenting three models side by side under a transparent lid. When traveling, its rigid structure protects the watches in a suitcase or carry-on bag. For a beginner collector, it is a sober and solid first \u003cstrong\u003ewatch box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 3-Watch Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is made of \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum\u003c\/strong\u003e, with ribbed walls and a \u003cstrong\u003etransparent\u003c\/strong\u003e lid. The interior is black, lined with velvet, with \u003cstrong\u003e3 separate compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e. The closure is provided by a \u003cstrong\u003emetal latch\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e and holds watches with metal, leather, or silicone straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStoring Three Watches in the Aluminum Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the latch and lift the lid. Place one watch in each compartment, strap closed or folded, dial facing up. Close the lid and engage the latch. Avoid storing two watches in the same compartment, so they do not scratch each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the Aluminum and Velvet Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the aluminum with a microfiber cloth. Clean the transparent lid with a soft cloth, without abrasive products. Dust the interior with a soft brush and keep the box away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the 3-Watch Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree watches, one per compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid transparent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it lets you see the watches without opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store watches for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the compartments, box closed with the latch, flat in the suitcase, protected from impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack or silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order This Watch Box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux is the shop for watch boxes, displays, cases, and storage for jewelry and watches. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect and display three watches at once: choose your color and add this aluminum box to your cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal latch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black or silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364196348216,"sku":"BW-AL-03-NR","price":99.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Money","offer_id":52364196380984,"sku":"BW-AL-03-ARG","price":99.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/6_ce7c6834-ef8c-46b3-af8e-2d282ad013eb.png?v=1778165181"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-acrylique-noir","title":"Aluminum Watch Box 1 Slot Black or Silver","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAluminum watch box for 1 watch, black or silver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e protects a watch in a compact case: the frame is made of \u003cstrong\u003ebrushed aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e, the interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e and includes a cushion, and the lid features a \u003cstrong\u003etransparent window\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows the watch to be seen without opening it. A latch on the front keeps the box securely closed. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e, for storing, carrying, or gifting a valuable watch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this aluminum watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushed aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e: a lightweight, shock-resistant frame with reinforced corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent window\u003c\/strong\u003e: view the watch without opening the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft, dark lining makes the dial stand out and protects the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: the watch rests on the cushion with the strap closed and remains securely held in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid locks with a single motion, for both storage and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA compact watch box for a single watch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis box is designed for \u003cstrong\u003ea single watch\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects a valuable timepiece that you wouldn't leave lying around in a drawer. Its compact size makes it easy to slip into a bag, suitcase, or dresser drawer. For a collection, simply use several boxes, one for each watch: the boxes can be stacked or lined up on a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe aluminum watch box in use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, the box stores a dress or collector's watch, protecting it from dust and scratches. When traveling, it prevents the watch from rubbing against keys or a phone in your suitcase. As a gift, it presents the watch in a clean, understated case. For professionals, it serves as a display case: the transparent window allows the closed watch to be shown without handling it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo watch box finishes: black or silver\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black version provides an understated, contemporary case that complements sports watches and dark cases. The silver version, with its light brushed aluminum frame, is brighter and makes gold watches stand out. The interior remains the same: black velvet, a cushion, and a front latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the aluminum watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the brushed aluminum with a dry microfiber cloth, following the direction of the brushed finish. The transparent window can be cleaned in the same way, without solvents. Dust the velvet interior with a soft brush. Avoid moisture, which can dull the metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne watch per box, resting on the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt locks with a front latch; there is no key lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you see the watch without opening the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the lid features a transparent window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for large watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for a standard-sized wristwatch; for a very thick case, check the available space on the cushion before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack and silver, with the same black velvet interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for watches and jewelry. This product page describes the box exactly as it is: materials, interior, closure, and capacity. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the product comes with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your finish and protect your watch in an aluminum case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-watch box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed aluminum, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch on a cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Security latch on the front\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black or silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364196446520,"sku":"BW-AL-01-NR","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Money","offer_id":52364196479288,"sku":"BW-AL-01-ARG","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/4_a406f4a5-8fb2-4552-97b8-95314aa9adb2.png?v=1778165191"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-homme-metal-noir-vitrine","title":"Men's Watch Display Stand Black Metal Oval Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack metal men's watch display: a cushion on a stand and an oval tray with a compartment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis glossy black \u003cstrong\u003emen's watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e combines an oval tray with silver trim, a metal stand, and a textured black cushion with \u003cstrong\u003ewhite topstitching\u003c\/strong\u003e. The tray features a velvet-lined compartment for keys, a ring, or small items. It is a simple and elegant \u003cstrong\u003eblack watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for a display case, counter, or bedside table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this black men's watch stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn all-black set\u003c\/strong\u003e: the tray, stand, and cushion blend into a deep black that makes the watch face stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn oval tray with silver trim\u003c\/strong\u003e: the fine silver lines around the edge add a refined detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA velvet-lined compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects small items from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA cushion with white topstitching\u003c\/strong\u003e: the white contrast highlights the cushion's shape and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy, wide base\u003c\/strong\u003e: the large tray provides stability for the watch placed on the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA black watch display for jewelry counters and bedside tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-store, the all-black design is ideal for understated display cases and watch counters, where it makes silver or gold cases stand out. At home, it can be placed on a bedside table or dresser: in the evening, the watch rests on the cushion and small items in the compartment. In a studio, its solid black background makes it an excellent support for photographing watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the black metal men's watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure is made of \u003cstrong\u003eblack metal\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a glossy \u003cstrong\u003eoval\u003c\/strong\u003e tray adorned with silver trim. The cushion is \u003cstrong\u003etextured black\u003c\/strong\u003e with white topstitching. The tray includes an open compartment with a velvet lining. The stand holds \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e on the cushion, with the strap hanging down the stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the black metal stand every day\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the stand on a flat surface. Lay the watch flat on the cushion, face up. Store anything you take off at the same time in the compartment: a ring, keys, or earphones. For a display case, repeat the stand as many times as there are watches, varying the distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the glossy black tray and cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the tray with a microfiber cloth to remove fingerprints, and avoid abrasive products. Dust the cushion and compartment with a soft brush or dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the black metal men's watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be placed on this stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne watch, on the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tray compartment used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor placing small everyday items: keys, a ring, or earphones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this display stand stable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wide, heavy tray provides stability for the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should men's watches be arranged in a display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne watch per stand, face toward the customer, with a little space between each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers a range of displays, trays, boxes, and storage solutions for jewelry and watches, for professional display cases and home use. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the product is covered by a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA deep black for a distinctive watch: add this men's watch display to your cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e individual watch display with tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch and one compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e black metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e textured black, white topstitching\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTray:\u003c\/strong\u003e oval, silver trim\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364217155896,"sku":"PB-HOMME-NOIR-01","price":202.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Black_Silver_With_Tray_WatchStand_FrontWatch_967498db-cee3-49b4-8540-01e7a906ac6c.jpg?v=1778164850"},{"product_id":"remontoir-montre-automatique-cuir-double-led-usb","title":"Double-Sphere LED USB-C Automatic Watch Winder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDouble automatic watch winder with transparent sphere, LED lighting and USB-C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its transparent sphere set on a conical base, this double \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e looks more like a design object than a technical accessory. It keeps two mechanical watches running and highlights them with an LED ring, on a desk, a living room console, or in a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sets this designer winder for two watches apart\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner automatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e: a transparent sphere that lets you see both dials from every angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCircular light\u003c\/strong\u003e: an LED ring illuminates the base of the sphere and showcases the watches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e: they fit both compact watches and standard-sized watches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C port\u003c\/strong\u003e: a modern connection at the back of the base, with the option to use batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternating cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e: rotation in one direction then the other, interspersed with long pauses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAn automatic watch box that becomes a decorative piece\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe winder can be placed wherever you want to display your watches: in the center of a shelf, on a work desk, or in the entryway. In the evening, the light ring turns it into an elegant nightlight. This new kind of \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e also makes a great gift for a watch enthusiast, and serves as an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e on a jeweler's counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and colors of the double sphere winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shell combines \u003cstrong\u003evegan leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, wood, and metal. The transparent sphere opens at the front to access the copper-colored tray and its two cushions. The winder is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a black base, and in \u003cstrong\u003egrey\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a silver base, two shades that complement contemporary interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRotation and power supply of the 2-watch winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe program alternates \u003cstrong\u003e5 minutes of rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e40 minutes of pause\u003c\/strong\u003e, switching between clockwise and counterclockwise directions. This rhythm covers the needs of most automatic watches. The winder connects via \u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/strong\u003e through the port located at the back of the base; a battery compartment also allows it to be used without a cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the transparent sphere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the sphere with a dry microfiber cloth to prevent scratches and marks. The cushions can be dusted with a soft brush. Avoid alcohol and glass cleaners on the transparent parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this double winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a watch winder work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray rotates in cycles and mimics wrist movement. The rotor of each watch thus winds its mainspring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMy watches are different sizes, is that a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the interchangeable cushions fit compact and standard watches. Each watch finds suitable support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store an automatic watch so it stays on time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a winder that rotates it regularly, like this one. It no longer stops between two wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to wind an automatic watch that has stopped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGive the crown a few turns, set the time, then place it on its cushion. The winder will then maintain its power reserve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order it from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, cases, and winders for watches and jewelry. We describe each product as it is delivered. Returns within \u003cstrong\u003e14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHighlight your two automatic watches, under a sphere that keeps them running.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-slot automatic watch winder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e vegan leather, wood and metal, transparent sphere\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCycle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 min rotation, 40 min pause, alternating direction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB-C or batteries\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black or grey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364220891448,"sku":"14:193","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364220924216,"sku":"14:350853","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S56161338f76540039745c399741470cc8.webp?v=1778165170"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bijoux-retro-bois-plateau-anneau","title":"Retro Wood and Sage Green Jewelry Display, 11 Pieces","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRetro wooden and sage green jewelry display: 11 individual items for shop windows and photography\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis range of \u003cstrong\u003eretro jewelry displays\u003c\/strong\u003e combines dark brown wood, a sage green background, gold accents and white pieces with rose designs. Eleven items are available \u003cstrong\u003eindividually\u003c\/strong\u003e: a tiered display with hexagonal trays, ring holders, gold dishes, earring holders and cards, busts and trays. Choose them one by one to create a vintage-style \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display\u003c\/strong\u003e, a shop window, or a background for \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry photography\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of this retro jewelry display range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetro chic style\u003c\/strong\u003e: dark wood, sage green and gold create an old-fashioned boudoir atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 items\u003c\/strong\u003e: from a 4.8 cm ring dish to a 28 cm tiered display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVarious heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: busts, T-shaped holders and pedestal trays create depth in the display window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold accents\u003c\/strong\u003e: baroque frame, T-shaped holder and gold-tone metal earring card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for photography\u003c\/strong\u003e: a cohesive setting for jewelry shoots and product photography.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRetro wooden jewelry display tray: the items in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003etiered display\u003c\/strong\u003e features five hexagonal trays on stems, mounted on a 28 x 11 cm base. The \u003cstrong\u003ering holder\u003c\/strong\u003e with rollers measures 14 x 9 x 3.5 cm. The two gold \u003cstrong\u003ering dishes\u003c\/strong\u003e, with black or green bases, are 4.8 cm in diameter and 1.8 cm high. The \u003cstrong\u003ewhite tray with roses\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 8.5 x 5.5 x 2 cm. The gold \u003cstrong\u003eT-shaped earring holder\u003c\/strong\u003e stands 16.5 cm high; the gold \u003cstrong\u003eearring card\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 7 x 4.5 cm. The \u003cstrong\u003ebusts\u003c\/strong\u003e in wood and sage green velvet stand 27 cm and 21.5 cm high. The \u003cstrong\u003eelongated tray\u003c\/strong\u003e with angled sides measures 28.5 x 10 cm, while the \u003cstrong\u003ehexagonal tray\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 8.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRetro jewelry display for shop windows, stands and photo studios\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a shop window, the tiered display and busts form the background, while the dishes and trays fill the front. On a designer stand, a few gold items are enough to create a visual identity. In a studio, these pieces serve as a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry photography display\u003c\/strong\u003e: the sage green and dark wood enhance gold, pearls and gemstones. At home, a gold dish holds the ring of the day on a dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the retro range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: dark brown \u003cstrong\u003ewood\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esage green\u003c\/strong\u003e trim, \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone\u003c\/strong\u003e metal, and white pieces with rose designs. Dimensions: from \u003cstrong\u003e4.8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (ring dish) to \u003cstrong\u003e28.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (elongated tray and tiered display). One item per purchase. Jewelry displayed: \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eearrings\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wooden and velvet display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood and gold-tone metal with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the trim with a soft brush. Avoid water, moisture and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the retro jewelry display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the items sold separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each item on the list is sold individually. You can order several to create your display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the tiered display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe base measures 28 x 11 cm, and each small hexagonal tray has 4.2 cm sides and is 8.5 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich items are suitable for earrings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 16.5 cm high gold T-shaped holder and the 7 cm gold card display post or hook earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the trim?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe trays and busts are sage green, while the ring dishes are black or green, depending on the version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers displays, trays, busts and boxes for both professionals and individuals. This retro range pairs with our other wooden and velvet displays. Returns are accepted within 14 days, with a 2-year statutory guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your items and create a jewelry display with retro charm.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e individual retro jewelry displays\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e wood, sage green trim, gold-tone metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItems:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 to choose from\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e from 4.8 to 28.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Tiered display stand with 5 hexagonal trays, 28 cm","offer_id":52364228919608,"sku":"14:173#Jewelry Display Rack","price":105.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ring roller support 14 x 9 cm","offer_id":52364228952376,"sku":"14:691#Ring Holder","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small bowl with gold rim, black base, 4.8 cm","offer_id":52364228985144,"sku":"14:1052#Ring Tray Black","price":30.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Saucer with gold rim and green base 4.8 cm","offer_id":52364229017912,"sku":"14:366#Ring Tray Green","price":30.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White tray with roses 8.5 x 5.5 cm","offer_id":52364229050680,"sku":"14:350853#Jewelry Display Tray","price":33.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold T-shaped earring holder 16.5 cm","offer_id":52364229083448,"sku":"14:496#Earring Holder","price":55.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold-tone earring card 7 cm","offer_id":52364229116216,"sku":"14:350850#Earring Card","price":28.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wooden bust in sage green, 27 cm","offer_id":52364229148984,"sku":"14:193#Humanoid Board Large","price":72.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wooden bust in sage green, 21.5 cm","offer_id":52364229181752,"sku":"14:29#Humanoid Board Small","price":60.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elongated beveled tray 28.5 x 10 cm","offer_id":52364229214520,"sku":"14:10#Octagonal Tray","price":53.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hexagonal tray 8.5 cm","offer_id":52364229247288,"sku":"14:175#Hexagonal Tray","price":30.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S7c19ff63e5bf438fb61642f14e868673j.webp?v=1778667013"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-bois-noyer-dore","title":"Walnut Wood Wall-Mounted Jewelry Holder with Gold Pegs, 30 to 58 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWalnut wood wall-mounted jewelry holder with gold pegs, from 30 to 58 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewalnut wood wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a dark-grained bar with gold-colored metal pegs for hanging necklaces, bracelets, and earring cards. More than just a wall-mounted jewelry organizer, it is a decorative piece that gives a bedroom, dressing room, or stand a boutique-like feel. It is available in four lengths: \u003cstrong\u003e30, 40, 50, and 58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this walnut and gold wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark walnut wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: a warm, grained shade that enhances both gold and silver jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e: they stand out against the wood and keep chains at a good distance from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e: from 4 to 9 pegs, depending on the number of pieces of jewelry to be stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003e3 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 cm thick\u003c\/strong\u003e, discreet once hung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed use\u003c\/strong\u003e: at home, in a shop window, or on a designer stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLengths and number of pegs on the walnut jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pegs increases with the length: \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm for 4 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm for 6 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm for 7 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm for 9 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e. The short version fits above a bedside table; the long version accommodates an entire collection of necklaces on a dressing room wall. Each metal peg is suitable for a necklace, bracelet, or earring card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplaying earrings and necklaces on a walnut bar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pegs accommodate both chains and earring display cards, as is done in designer boutiques. The jewelry remains visible from the front without stacking. By aligning two or three bars of the same length, you get a neat \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry wall\u003c\/strong\u003e, highly appreciated for a shop window or market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this walnut wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the bedroom, it is placed above the dressing table. In the dressing room, it follows the line of the mirror. In a shop, it structures the back of the display window. Avoid very humid bathrooms, as wood does not like water or prolonged steam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the walnut wood bar and gold pegs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the bar with a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Rub the gold pegs with a soft cloth, without abrasive products that could dull the finish. Avoid hanging very heavy pieces on a single peg: distribute the weight across the entire bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the walnut jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pegs does each length have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 30 cm bar has 4, the 40 cm bar has 6, the 50 cm bar has 7, and the 58 cm bar has 9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the pegs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are slim and made of gold-colored metal, inserted into a bar that is 3 cm high and 1.2 cm thick, on which chains slide without snagging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan earring cards be hung on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this is a common use: the card is hung on a peg and remains readable from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to choose the length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCount one peg per necklace or earring card, then add a few free spaces for your future jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of wall is suitable for hanging it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA flat and dry wall, in a room with moderate temperature, away from sources of moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and shop use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the length that suits your wall and give your jewelry a real display space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e walnut wood, gold-colored metal pegs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30, 40, 50, and 58 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 6, 7, or 9 depending on the length\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBar height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 cm, thickness 1.2 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"58 cm, 9 pegs","offer_id":52364229607736,"sku":"14:10#Gold 58cm","price":53.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 cm, 7 pegs","offer_id":52364229640504,"sku":"14:175#Gold 50cm","price":46.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 cm, 6 pegs","offer_id":52364229673272,"sku":"14:193#Gold 40cm","price":38.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 cm, 4 legs","offer_id":52364229706040,"sku":"14:29#Gold 30cm","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sc2c765b305164c4aa7b6641bc8843657U.webp?v=1778667013"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-design-colliers-bracelets","title":"Metal Wall-Mounted Jewelry Organizer with Necklace Shelf","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWall-mounted metal jewelry holder: a decorative shelf and hooks for your necklaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines two uses: a \u003cstrong\u003eshelf\u003c\/strong\u003e on top for perfumes and decorative objects, and a \u003cstrong\u003erow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e underneath for hanging necklaces and chains. It mounts on the wall and frees up space on your dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e and fits into a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e: the top of the jewelry holder holds perfume bottles, boxes, and small vases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: one necklace per hook, with chains hanging down without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite or black metal\u003c\/strong\u003e: two understated colors that match most walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry is within easy reach and takes up no space on furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek design\u003c\/strong\u003e: a thin, uniform line that blends discreetly against the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA wall-mounted jewelry holder for storing necklaces without tangling them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNecklaces quickly become tangled in a drawer. On this \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e, each chain has its own hook: you can see everything you own at a glance and choose your necklace without untying knots. Pendants remain visible, which helps prevent them from getting scratched when stacked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWall-mounted jewelry holder for a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounted on a dressing room wall, this jewelry holder frees up space on the dresser. In a bedroom, it replaces a box placed on a bedside table. In an entryway or bathroom, the shelf holds a perfume or candle above the necklaces. White matches light-colored walls, while black provides contrast against a white or beige background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder is made of \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e and is available in white or black. It features a shelf with a scalloped edge on top and a row of hooks underneath. Perfume bottles, a jar, and a small vase can be placed on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization: necklaces underneath, decorations on top\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNecklaces are hung one by one, from shortest to longest. On the shelf, place lightweight objects: perfumes, small boxes, and vases. It is best to avoid heavy loads and distribute the weight along the entire length of the shelf, as with any wall-mounted support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMetal care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite or black metal should be wiped with a soft, dry cloth. Avoid abrasive products that may damage the finish, and dust the shelf regularly so that bottles do not leave marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be hung on this wall-mounted jewelry holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hooks are designed for necklaces and chains. One necklace hangs from each hook, with the pendant visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan perfumes be placed on the shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the top shelf is designed to hold perfume bottles, small boxes, or a vase. It is recommended to use lightweight objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo metal colors: white and black. The color is selected when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the wall need to be drilled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a wall-mounted jewelry holder: it is fixed to the wall using screws or wall plugs suitable for the type of wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should it be installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn the wall of a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom, at a height that allows the necklaces to hang freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers storage and display solutions for all types of jewelry, from wall-mounted holders to countertop displays. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree up your dressing table: mount this wall-mounted jewelry holder on the wall and hang your necklaces above a decorative shelf.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted jewelry holder with shelf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Row of hooks for necklaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in on top\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364235243832,"sku":"14:29","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364235276600,"sku":"14:193","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Porte-BijouxDesign_3.webp?v=1778164850"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-grille-boucles","title":"Gold Metal Mesh Wall Jewelry Organizer with Chain and Hooks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold-tone metal mesh wall jewelry holder with chain and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mesh frame that hangs on the wall by a gold chain. Earrings slide into the mesh, while necklaces, bracelets, and rings hang from the hooks lined up along the bottom of the frame: a compact \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e that replaces the cluttered surface of a dressing table. It is available in two formats: \u003cstrong\u003elandscape\u003c\/strong\u003e (horizontal) or \u003cstrong\u003eportrait\u003c\/strong\u003e (vertical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this gold-tone mesh wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e: the metal mesh holds earring posts and ear hooks without damaging them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bottom of the frame features a series of small hooks for necklaces, bracelets, and rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: the frame attaches to a nail or screw, with no complicated installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo orientations\u003c\/strong\u003e: landscape for a wide wall, portrait for a narrow wall section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative touch that complements a gold-tone mirror or frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape and portrait formats of the mesh jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003elandscape\u003c\/strong\u003e format offers a wider mesh and a longer row of hooks: it is suitable for large collections of earrings and necklaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eportrait\u003c\/strong\u003e format is taller and narrower: it fits beside a mirror, between two windows, or at the end of a piece of furniture. In both cases, the gold chain forms a triangle above the frame, following the style of a decorative frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing earrings, necklaces, and bracelets on the metal mesh\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarrings\u003c\/strong\u003e are displayed in pairs in the mesh, clearly visible from the front: you can spot the pair you want without rummaging. \u003cstrong\u003eNecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e and long chains hang from the lower hooks, where they remain straight. Bracelets and rings also have a place on a hook. It is the same principle used in stores, applied at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this gold-tone mesh jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the bedroom, it can be placed near the dressing table. In the dressing room, it replaces boxes that have to be opened one by one. In an entryway, it serves as a practical wall-mounted jewelry organizer before going out. In a store or on a display stand, it showcases the earrings from the collection in the window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the gold-tone metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the mesh with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e or a small brush. Avoid water and abrasive products on the gold-tone finish, and do not hang damp jewelry. For better support, do not overload the hooks with chains that are too heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the mesh wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the frame attached to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its gold chain from a nail or screw, at a height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between landscape and portrait?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLandscape is wider, with more hooks lined up; portrait is taller and narrower. Both have the same gold mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan screw-back or clip-on earrings be stored on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePost earrings slide directly into the mesh. Clip-on or screw-back earrings can also be placed in the mesh, depending on the thickness of the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo necklaces get tangled on the hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach hook holds one necklace: the chains hang separately, which limits tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this format also serves as a wall-mounted jewelry display in a store, on a stand, or in a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and professional use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the landscape or portrait format and free up your dressing table today.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted mesh jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e landscape or portrait\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e mesh for earrings, hooks for necklaces and bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Landscape","offer_id":52364235505976,"sku":"14:29#Horizontal","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Portrait","offer_id":52364235538744,"sku":"14:193#Vertical","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PortantBijouxMural.webp?v=1778164856"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-nuage-femme","title":"Gold-Tone Metal Cloud Wall Jewelry Organizer with Grate and Hooks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold-tone metal cloud wall jewelry holder with mesh and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ecloud-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a gold-tone wire frame suspended by a chain, which stores earrings in its mesh and necklaces, bracelets, and rings on its row of hooks. Its rounded silhouette adds a poetic touch to a bedroom or dressing room wall, while offering an organized \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this cloud-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloud shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft and original outline that stands out from rectangular frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone metal mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e: the fine mesh holds earrings in pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks at the bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces, bracelets, and rings hang separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: it hangs from a nail or screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration and storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: the item remains pleasant to look at, even when lightly filled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA cloud mesh for earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body of the cloud is a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e whose fine openings hold earring posts. You can store many pairs without mixing them: everyday ones at the top, evening ones lower down. \u003cstrong\u003eDrop earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, studs, and small hoops stand out clearly against the mesh background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHooks for necklaces, bracelets, and rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelow the cloud, a row of small \u003cstrong\u003egold hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e holds necklaces, fine chains, bracelets, and rings placed over the hook. Each piece hangs freely: chains no longer tangle, and the jewelry of the day is immediately visible. The \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great alternative to the bottom of a drawer or a box where everything gets jumbled together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this gold cloud jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a bedroom, it decorates the wall near the bed or dressing table. In a dressing room, it can be placed near the mirror. In a child's room, the cloud shape makes for a soft decoration. In a shop, it showcases a collection of fashion earrings on a stand or in a display window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the gold-tone metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all you need to remove dust from the mesh. Avoid water, household products, and abrasive rubbing on the gold finish. Do not hang damp jewelry or overload the hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the cloud wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach this jewelry holder to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its chain from a nail or screw fixed to the wall, at the height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many earrings can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mesh holds many pairs, depending on the size of the earrings; drop styles require a little more space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the hooks suitable for long necklaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the necklaces hang below the cloud; very long necklaces may touch the wall lower down, so leave some clear space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this model available in several colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis item is offered in gold, with only one version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a shop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it also serves as a decorative wall jewelry display for a collection of fashion jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and professional use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your jewelry a golden cloud and add a touch of softness to your wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e cloud\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone metal mesh\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e mesh for earrings, hooks for necklaces and bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364235604280,"sku":"RC-NUAGE-OR-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PorteBijouxFemme.webp?v=1778164864"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-papillon-support-fille","title":"Black, White or Gold Metal Butterfly Wall Jewelry Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack, white or gold metal butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebutterfly-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is cut from a perforated metal plate and hangs on the wall by a cord. The wings, pierced with rows of small notches, hold earrings; below the body, a lower bar holds necklaces and chains. A romantic \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e, available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack, white or gold\u003c\/strong\u003e, that is particularly popular in a girl's bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eButterfly silhouette\u003c\/strong\u003e: openwork wings that decorate the wall as much as they store jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black for contrast, white for softness, gold for warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRows of notches\u003c\/strong\u003e: earrings hang in pairs, clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces and chains hang freely, without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging cord\u003c\/strong\u003e: attaches to a nail or screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eButterfly wings for storing earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two wings feature \u003cstrong\u003erows of notches\u003c\/strong\u003e on which earrings can be hung by the post or the hoop. Hoop earrings, drop earrings and studs can be arranged in pairs from top to bottom, allowing you to see your entire collection at a glance. The \u003cstrong\u003eopenwork design\u003c\/strong\u003e lets the wall show through the metal and lightens the overall look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe bottom bar for necklaces, chains and bracelets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelow the wings, the lower bar supports \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e and chains, which hang down their full length. A few \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e and pendants can also be hung there. By separating necklaces by type, you can find the right piece without undoing the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this butterfly jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a girl's or teenager's bedroom, it serves as both decoration and storage. In a dressing room, it can be placed near the mirror. In a costume jewelry store, the butterfly serves as an original wall jewelry display for a spring or romantic window display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the metal butterfly jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the plate with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid water and abrasive products on the colored finish, and do not hang wet jewelry. Distribute the necklaces along the bar to avoid weighing down one side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe butterfly is available in black, white and gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its cord from a nail or screw, at the height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store clip-on earrings on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePost or hoop earrings hang from the notches; clips can be attached according to their shape, but it is best to place them on the edge of the wings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a girl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the butterfly design is appreciated by both young people and adults who like romantic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the necklaces get tangled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chains hang separately from the lower bar, which limits tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, supports and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and store use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and let your jewelry take flight on the wall of your bedroom.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e butterfly\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e openwork metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, white or gold\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e cord\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364235702584,"sku":"14:193#black","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364235735352,"sku":"14:29#White","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364235768120,"sku":"14:350850#gold","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PorteBijouxFille.webp?v=1778164865"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-lune-etoile","title":"Moon or Star Wall Jewelry Holder, Gold or Black Metal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold or black metal moon or star wall jewelry holder with mesh and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emoon or star-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a metal mesh frame, suspended by a chain, that stores earrings in its mesh and necklaces on its hooks. Four versions to choose from: \u003cstrong\u003egold moon, black moon, gold star or black star\u003c\/strong\u003e. A bohemian-style \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e that decorates a bedroom wall as much as it stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this celestial wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e: a crescent moon or a five-pointed star, for original wall decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: gold for a warm style, black for a more graphic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh grid\u003c\/strong\u003e: earrings slide into the mesh and remain visible in pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks at the bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces, bracelets and rings hang separately, without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: it hangs on a nail or screw, with no installation required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGold moon, black moon, gold star or black star: which version to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003emoon\u003c\/strong\u003e curves into a crescent: its mesh follows the curve and its hooks follow the rounded bottom. The \u003cstrong\u003estar\u003c\/strong\u003e features five points around a mesh center, with hooks under the lower points. In \u003cstrong\u003egold\u003c\/strong\u003e, the frame matches a round mirror, brass frames or natural decor. In \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, it stands out on a light wall and suits contemporary decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStore earrings, necklaces and bracelets in a moon or star-shaped frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarrings\u003c\/strong\u003e are stored in pairs in the mesh, lying flat, so you can immediately see the pair to wear. \u003cstrong\u003eNecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, fine chains and bracelets hang on the hooks at the bottom. This storage prevents the mess of a jewelry box where chains get tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this metal wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a child's or teenager's bedroom, the moon or star shape also serves as decoration. In a dressing room or near a mirror, it keeps your current jewelry within sight. In a costume jewelry store, it serves as an original display for a celestial or bohemian-themed window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the moon or star jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the frame with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without abrasive products on the finish. Do not place it in a very damp room and do not hang wet jewelry. Avoid overloading the hooks: several fine necklaces are better than one very heavy chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the moon and star wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold moon, black moon, gold star and black star.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBy the suspension chain, on a nail or screw driven into the wall at the desired height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan rings be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a ring can be placed on a hook or in a mesh loop, depending on its size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this jewelry holder suitable for a girl's bedroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the moon and star have a soft and decorative style that appeals to both young people and adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between gold and black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the finish changes: the frame, mesh and hooks are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, holders and storage for jewelry and watches, for the home as well as the store. Returns are possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your shape and finish, then dress your wall with storage that has character.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal mesh\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShapes:\u003c\/strong\u003e moon or star\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold or black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Golden Moon","offer_id":52364236259640,"sku":"14:175#Golden Moon","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Moon","offer_id":52364236292408,"sku":"14:29#Black Moon","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden Star","offer_id":52364236325176,"sku":"14:173#Golden Star","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Star","offer_id":52364236357944,"sku":"14:10#Black Star","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Porte-BijouxOriginaux.webp?v=1778164883"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-metal-ancienne-coffret-laiton-rouge","title":"Antique Enameled Metal Jewelry Box with Heart and Roses","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVintage enameled metal jewelry box: the charm of a box from yesteryear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e captures the style of boxes from yesteryear: a small square enameled metal box, set on four golden feet, with a heart and two raised roses on the lid. The velvet-lined interior holds rings, earrings, and a pearl necklace. A \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in red, teal blue, or blush white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this vintage metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised golden decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: a central heart, roses, and scrolls on the lid and sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eColored enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e: a deep red, teal blue, or blush white background makes the golden raised details stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects jewelry from scratches and impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved feet\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box is slightly raised, like a collector's box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that opens with a gentle motion and remains attached to the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small jewelry box for the dressing table and for gifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a romantic \u003cstrong\u003edressing table\u003c\/strong\u003e, bedside table, or shelf, it holds the jewelry you wear most often. It makes a meaningful \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e for Valentine's Day, an anniversary, or Mother's Day, thanks to its heart and roses. Vintage lovers will find the charm of an \u003cstrong\u003eantique jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, without the traces of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the enameled metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare box in golden metal, with colored enameled sides, a hinged lid decorated with a raised heart and two roses. Four curved golden feet. Velvet-lined interior. Three colors: \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e, teal \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e, and blush \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of this small metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior space forms a single velvet-lined compartment. It holds a coiled pearl necklace, a few rings, a pair of earrings, or a brooch. It is a \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a precious selection, rather than a large collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for enameled metal and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the enamel and golden raised details with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use abrasive products or silver polish, as they will tarnish the gilding. Dust the velvet interior with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this vintage jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA few rings, a pair of earrings, a delicate necklace, or a strand of pearls. It is suitable for a small selection of precious jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color to choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed is the most romantic, teal blue the most elegant, and blush white the softest. All three feature the same golden decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the decoration raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the heart, roses, and scrolls stand out in relief on the lid and sides. They catch the light like an antique box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean an enameled metal jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft, dry cloth is enough, without any products. Avoid water on the hinges and velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes and cases that showcase jewelry, from retro style to contemporary design. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and gift a box with the charm of yesteryear.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e small vintage jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e enameled golden metal, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e raised heart and roses, curved feet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e red, blue, white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364236423480,"sku":"14:29#Golden Red Square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364236456248,"sku":"14:173#Gold blue square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364236489016,"sku":"14:10#Gold and white square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/BoiteaBijouxAncienneenLaiton_2.webp?v=1778164894"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-vintage-velours-decor-floral-ancienne","title":"Vintage Gold-Tone Metal Jewelry Box with Rose Decor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVintage jewelry box with rose design: a vintage-inspired box lined with black velvet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is reminiscent of grandmother's jewelry boxes: a pearlescent white body painted with red roses, gold ornaments, and four curved legs. It opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that holds rings, earrings, pendants, and chains. A beautiful piece for a romantic dressing table or a memorable gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePainted rose design\u003c\/strong\u003e: red roses and their foliage run all around the box and across the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold ornaments\u003c\/strong\u003e: a medallion, scrolls, and a gold bow highlight the domed lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved gold legs\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box rests on four legs that elevate it, like a miniature piece of furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: the velvet lining of the lid and base protects the jewelry and makes it stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative box that remains on display once given as a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA vintage jewelry box for the dressing table and bedroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, chest of drawers, or bedside table, this \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a romantic touch to the bedroom. Its style is reminiscent of items found at \u003cstrong\u003eantique fairs\u003c\/strong\u003e, without the traces of time. This \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is appreciated for Mother's Day, a birthday, or Christmas, and pairs well with shabby chic, country, or classic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the vintage jewelry box in velvet and gold-tone metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is painted in pearlescent white and decorated with red roses; the ornaments, hinge, and legs are made of \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal\u003c\/strong\u003e. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the base as well as under the lid, with a scalloped edge that follows the box's curved shape. The hinged lid folds over the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the vintage velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior forms a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet, with a soft bottom. Rings, earrings, a pendant, or a delicate bracelet can be placed inside; a chain can curl into a corner. To separate rings and earrings, place them in a small velvet pouch before storing them. The size is suitable for jewelry worn often rather than an entire collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your rose-design jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the painted exterior and gold ornaments with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without water or abrasive products that would dull the design. Open the lid by holding it by the edge, without forcing the hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this vintage box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds rings, earrings, pendants, chains, and delicate bracelets. Its velvet compartment is suitable for everyday jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a genuine antique box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a new box with a vintage design. It features the design and shape of jewelry boxes from days gone by.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush is sufficient for the velvet. The exterior can be wiped with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this decorative box appeals to lovers of retro style. It can be kept on a dressing table for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this vintage box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes and jewelry cases that store jewelry with character. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Give your jewelry a case inspired by days gone by.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the vintage jewelry box with rose design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e vintage jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e pearlescent white painted body, gold-tone metal ornaments and legs, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e red roses on a pearlescent white background\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 compartment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White with red roses","offer_id":52364238324024,"sku":"RC-VINTAGE-01","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Vintage_Ancienne_3.webp?v=1778164953"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-metal-compacte-voyage-rondelia","title":"Small Round Metal Jewelry Box with Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSmall round metal jewelry box: a simple case that fits anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esmall round jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in metal consists of a pot and a fitting lid. It keeps rings, earrings, stud earrings or a fine chain safe in your bag, toiletry bag or on your bedside table. A lightweight and colorful \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, available in five satin finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this round metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid metal\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box will not get crushed in a bag, unlike a fabric pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that fits over the pot and can be removed with one hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: champagne beige, gold, pink, bluish white and red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e that fits in a handbag, suitcase or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall price, great versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e: one box for each type of jewelry, or one for each bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA portable jewelry box for everyday use and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn weekends, it keeps your evening earrings safe in your toiletry bag. On your bedside table, it holds your wedding ring and the rings you take off before going to sleep. At the office, it prevents you from losing an earring at the bottom of your bag. It is a \u003cstrong\u003eportable jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that also serves as a simple and practical \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry storage box\u003c\/strong\u003e. Several colors allow you to assign a color to each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the round metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylindrical box in \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a satin-lacquered exterior and a raw silver-colored metal interior. Flat fitting lid. Colors: \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003egold\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebluish white\u003c\/strong\u003e, red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing the small travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior forms a single round space without dividers. It holds a few rings, two or three pairs of earrings, piercings or a coiled fine chain. To prevent the pieces from rubbing against each other, place a small square of soft fabric at the bottom or reserve one box for each type of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the metal box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Keep the box dry: do not leave it open in a damp bathroom. Store clean and dry jewelry before closing the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the small metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this small jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings, earrings, piercings or a fine chain. It is suitable for small jewelry that you take with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lid stay closed in a bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt fits over the pot and stays in place during normal travel. For a long trip, store the box in a pocket of your toiletry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the interior lined with fabric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the interior is made of smooth metal. A small square of felt or cotton at the bottom is enough to cushion the most delicate jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you buy several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, several colors make a lovely set for storing each type of jewelry. It also complements a jewelry gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers storage for every occasion, from the large drawer box to the small pocket box. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and take your small jewelry everywhere with you.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e small round jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e lacquered metal, metal interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e fitting lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige, gold, pink, bluish white, red\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364241502520,"sku":"14:100018786#as pic","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364241535288,"sku":"14:200003699#as pic","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364241568056,"sku":"14:771#as pic","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bluish White","offer_id":52364241600824,"sku":"14:201504125#as pic","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364241633592,"sku":"14:200211869#as pic","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-boite-a-bijoux-br-rondelia-58491133067613.jpg?v=1778165081"},{"product_id":"presentoir-boucle-doreille-metal","title":"3-Tier Metal Earring Holder with Wooden Base, Sizes M and S","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-Tier Metal Earring Holder: Gold, White, or Black Frame on a Wooden Base, Sizes M and S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emetal earring holder\u003c\/strong\u003e features a small three-tier perforated frame mounted on a light wood base. Each tier holds a row of holes for stud earrings and dangling earrings, allowing an entire collection to fit in a small space while keeping every pair visible. It is available in gold, white, and black, in size M (wider) and size S (narrower), for a shop counter, display stand, or dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Tiered Earring Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree perforated tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e: arrange pairs by size, color, or style from top to bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: size M holds more pairs, while size S fits into smaller spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: the gold frame complements gold jewelry, black provides a striking contrast, and white remains understated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA light wood base\u003c\/strong\u003e: adds weight to the base and warms up the overall look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn unobstructed view\u003c\/strong\u003e: the open frame lets you see each earring from the front, without a backing that hides it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing Your Earrings on a Tiered Earring Holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStud earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e can be inserted into the perforations on the top tier, \u003cstrong\u003ehoop earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e and post earrings can be placed in the middle holes, and \u003cstrong\u003edangling earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e can hang from the bottom tier so they can swing freely. On a \u003cstrong\u003edresser\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003edressing table\u003c\/strong\u003e, it replaces a cluttered box where pairs get mixed up. In a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store window\u003c\/strong\u003e or on a \u003cstrong\u003emarket stall\u003c\/strong\u003e, it displays a complete range of earrings on a single stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the Metal and Wood Earring Holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-tier perforated metal frame, light wood base. Frame colors: gold, white, or black. Sizes M (wider) and S (narrower). The stand sits flat without the need for mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the Tiered Earring Holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft, dry cloth is all you need to dust the frame and base. Avoid abrasive products and dry any moisture on the metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About This Metal Earring Holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between size M and size S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSize M is wider and holds more pairs; size S is narrower and more compact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of earrings can be stored on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStud earrings, hoop earrings, hook earrings, and dangling earrings, depending on the tier you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich frame color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold complements warm-toned gold jewelry, black stands out against light-colored jewelry, and white goes with everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the stand stay upright?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wooden base provides a stable foundation on a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order Your Earring Holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer displays for both professional shop windows and home use. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and products come with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrganize all your earrings on a three-tier earring holder.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e tiered earring holder\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal frame, wooden base\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e M (wide) and S (narrow)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold, white, black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Gold \/ M, large","offer_id":52364255527224,"sku":"14:1052#Gold 25cm","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ S, narrow","offer_id":52364255559992,"sku":"14:1052#Gold 25cm","price":38.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ M, large","offer_id":52364255592760,"sku":"14:366#White 25cm","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ S, narrow","offer_id":52364255625528,"sku":"14:366#White 25cm","price":38.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ M, large","offer_id":52364255658296,"sku":"14:29#Black 30cm","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ S, narrow","offer_id":52364255691064,"sku":"14:173#Black 25cm","price":38.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-noir-s-portant-a-bijoux-1160312423.webp?v=1778165646"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-verre-papillon-boucles-oreilles-rangement","title":"Round Glass Jewelry Box with Gold Butterfly Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound glass jewelry box: a gold lid topped with a butterfly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eglass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the form of a round jar with textured glass, closed by a \u003cstrong\u003egold lid\u003c\/strong\u003e topped with a butterfly. It holds earrings, rings, and small jewelry on a dressing table, bedside table, or bathroom shelf. Three glass shades to choose from: green, pink, or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this original glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured glass\u003c\/strong\u003e: rows of small bumps catch the light and add volume to the jar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold butterfly lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the butterfly-shaped handle serves as both a grip and decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a refined object that stands as decoration, even when closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree shades\u003c\/strong\u003e: soft green, amber pink, or clear glass, to match the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: a lovely gift for a friend, mother, or bridesmaid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA storage solution for earrings and small jewelry on the dressing table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis jar serves as a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box for earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e: studs, thin hoops, and huggies stay together instead of getting lost in a drawer. It also holds rings removed before washing your hands, a charm bracelet, or a fine chain. Placed on a dressing table, dresser, or sink counter, it serves as a \u003cstrong\u003edecorative jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e. In a child's or teenager's bedroom, it keeps small treasures together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial of the glass jewelry box and gold metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is made of \u003cstrong\u003etinted glass\u003c\/strong\u003e adorned with vertical rows of raised bumps. The round lid is made of shiny \u003cstrong\u003egold metal\u003c\/strong\u003e; it features a gold butterfly with openwork wings in the center. The Green shade is a soft green glass, the Pink shade is an amber pink glass, and the White shade is a clear, almost colorless glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the round glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior forms a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e, like a jar. You can slip in everyday small items: a pair of earrings for each day of the week, a few rings, a small chain. To separate pairs, place them in small bags or put a felt disc at the bottom. The lid is removed by grasping the butterfly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash the glass jar in warm soapy water with a soft brush that fits between the bumps, then dry it thoroughly. Wipe the gold lid with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without immersing it in water or using abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the butterfly glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this glass box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for earrings, rings, and fine chains. Its round volume keeps everyday pieces together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the glass of the White shade opaque?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the White shade is a clear, almost colorless glass. You can see the jewelry through the texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the box close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gold lid caps the jar. Lift it by the butterfly, which serves as a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe jar is washed in warm water with a soft brush. The gold lid is wiped with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this glass jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays to store jewelry in style. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your glass shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the butterfly glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e textured tinted glass, gold metal lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e round\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold lid, butterfly-shaped handle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShades:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, pink, or white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364261982520,"sku":"14:173#D","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364262015288,"sku":"14:175#B","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364262048056,"sku":"14:193#A","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-vert-boite-a-bijoux-br-papillon-71385468567901.jpg?v=1778164788"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bracelet-rotatif-metal","title":"Jewelry Tree with White, Blue, or Pink Branches and Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eJewelry tree with branches and tray: necklaces and bracelets without tangles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry tree\u003c\/strong\u003e features several tiered branches above a round tray, available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003elight blue\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each branch holds a necklace, bracelet, or long earrings, while the base tray holds rings, earrings, and small jewelry. It is an airy \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps every piece visible and untangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry tree with branches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiered branches\u003c\/strong\u003e: each necklace hangs from its own branch, without getting tangled with its neighbor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound base tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: for rings, earrings, watches, or small jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree pastel colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: white, light blue, and pink, to match a dressing table or bedroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAiry silhouette\u003c\/strong\u003e: the tree takes up little floor space and can be placed on a shelf or table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen design\u003c\/strong\u003e: everything is visible at a glance, making it easier to choose the jewelry of the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry tree for necklaces, bracelets, and earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry tree\u003c\/strong\u003e solves a common problem: fine chains getting tangled at the bottom of a drawer. Here, you can hang one \u003cstrong\u003enecklace\u003c\/strong\u003e on each branch, slide a \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e onto one end, and hang \u003cstrong\u003elong earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e from the twigs. The tray holds jewelry that cannot be hung. On a dressing table, it serves as a decorative object; in a shop, it adds appeal to a display window or counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe three colors of the jewelry tree with tray\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite\u003c\/strong\u003e: a pure, bright white that matches any decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e: a light blue with a grey tint, soft and modern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e: a delicate peach pink, for a bedroom or display window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lacquered metal branches are supported by a central post, which rests on the round tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the lacquered metal jewelry tree\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the branches and tray with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid standing water and abrasive products that damage the lacquer. Hang jewelry without forcing it and do not overload any single branch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry tree\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I prevent necklaces from tangling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHang only one necklace on each branch and place the longest ones on the lowest branches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store bracelets on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, bracelets can be slid onto the ends of the branches, and flexible bracelets can hang freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the base tray for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds rings, earrings, watches, or any small jewelry that cannot be hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite goes with everything, light blue modernizes a neutral room, and pink adds a soft touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry tree from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer storage and display holders for all types of jewelry. This lightweight, colorful tree is a simple and decorative way to organize necklaces and bracelets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and store your jewelry on a jewelry tree with branches and a tray.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry tree with tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e lacquered metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e white, light blue, pink\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry displayed:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, bracelets, earrings, small jewelry\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364263620920,"sku":"14:29#White","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364263653688,"sku":"14:175#Blue","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364263686456,"sku":"14:193#Pink","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Royalcoffer-presentoir-bijoux-original-58747167408477.jpg?v=1778164840"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-professionnel-bois","title":"Ring Display Bars Pink Velvet Wooden Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePink velvet ring bar display on a wooden base, from 1 to 5 supports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003epink velvet and wood ring display\u003c\/strong\u003e presents rings on padded bars mounted on a light wood base, with gold-finished metal ends. It is available with 1 to 5 supports: a single bar for a small collection, up to five tiered bars for a jewelry display case or designer counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink velvet bars\u003c\/strong\u003e: a padded roll, soft on metal, that keeps rings aligned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight wood base\u003c\/strong\u003e: natural-toned wood that softens the pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold ends\u003c\/strong\u003e: metal tips and rods with a gold finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrom 1 to 5 supports\u003c\/strong\u003e: choose the number of bars according to your collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiered bars\u003c\/strong\u003e: the multi-bar versions are arranged in steps, with each row visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor rings and wedding bands\u003c\/strong\u003e: the rings slide directly onto the rolls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePink velvet ring bar display: visible storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach \u003cstrong\u003epink velvet bar\u003c\/strong\u003e holds several rings threaded side by side. It is a ring display designed to view the entire collection at a glance. The powder pink on light wood gives a soft and feminine style to the display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom 1 to 5 supports: which version to choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e1-support\u003c\/strong\u003e version is a single bar on a base. The 2- and 3-support versions stack the bars on gold rods. The 4- and 5-support versions tier them in steps on a wooden base. Choose 1 or 2 supports for a dresser, 3 to 5 for a store counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials: light wood, pink velvet and gold metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebase\u003c\/strong\u003e is made of light wood with visible grain. The bars are covered in short, soft pink velvet. The ends and rods are made of metal with a gold finish. The whole remains light and stable on a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA ring display for the shop, workshop and home\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store\u003c\/strong\u003e, the display structures the counter and can be expanded with the collection by switching to a version with more bars. In the workshop, it is used to sort rings by size or style. At home, it sits on a dressing table and replaces the cluttered drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for pink velvet and wood\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e and the wood with a dry cloth. Avoid moisture and household products that stain the pink velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions: Pink Velvet Ring Bar Display on Wooden Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bars does each version contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom 1 to 5 supports: choose the desired number of bars from the list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bars are pink velvet, the base is light wood and the ends have a gold finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rings can I display on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWedding bands, thin rings and standard-sized rings slide onto the velvet roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the base stable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wooden base is designed to stand on a flat surface without tipping over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it sits on a dressing table or dresser to keep rings visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder the Pink Velvet Ring Bar Display on Wooden Base from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes what is shown in the photos of each version: number of bars, color, base. You choose the capacity that suits you, with a return possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlign your rings on pink velvet bars and a light wood base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet: Pink Velvet Ring Bar Display on Wooden Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring bar display\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 bars depending on the version\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light wood\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft brush, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"1 Support","offer_id":52364264440120,"sku":"14:29#Ring 1","price":28.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Supports","offer_id":52364264472888,"sku":"14:193#Ring 2","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Supports","offer_id":52364264505656,"sku":"14:175#Ring 3","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Supports","offer_id":52364264538424,"sku":"14:200003699#Ring 4","price":68.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Supports","offer_id":52364264571192,"sku":"14:200211869#Ring 5","price":76.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-1-support-a-bagues-presentoir-a-bijoux-br-royalring-58639323267421.jpg?v=1778164867"},{"product_id":"boite-montre-metal-10-places-voyage-pro","title":"Aluminum Watch Box 10 Slots Travel Case","description":"\u003ch2\u003e10-Piece Aluminum Watch Box: The Case That Carries Your Entire Collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the form of a rigid case with a handle: ten foam compartments, arranged in two rows of five, keep each watch separate from the others. The foam-lined lid secures the dials when closed. For the traveling collector, the dealer at a trade show, or the enthusiast who wants to store everything in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 10-Piece Watch Case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: two rows of five individual compartments, one watch per slot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: metal profiles and corners frame rigid panels that protect against impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e: the padded lid keeps the watches stationary during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle and latches\u003c\/strong\u003e: a chrome handle and two lever latches allow you to carry the closed case with complete confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: black panels or light-colored panels, always with the aluminum frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA Watch Case for Travel, Trade Shows, or Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen on the go, this \u003cstrong\u003ewatch case\u003c\/strong\u003e carries ten pieces in a single bag. At a stand, a watch fair, or a market, it opens like a display case and presents the collection to visitors. At home, it becomes a secure \u003cstrong\u003ewatch storage\u003c\/strong\u003e solution, neatly stored in a closet or under a desk. A sturdy \u003cstrong\u003emen's watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e that is equally suitable for women's collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum structure with reinforced corners, rigid \u003cstrong\u003eblack or light-colored\u003c\/strong\u003e panels, \u003cstrong\u003eblack foam\u003c\/strong\u003e interior cut into \u003cstrong\u003e10 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e, foam-lined lid, carrying handle, and two lever latches on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the 10 Foam Compartments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach watch rests in its slot, strap closed, dial facing up. The foam dividers prevent two cases from touching. You can organize them by use, with diving watches in one row and dress watches in the other, or by brand in your collection. Is one slot empty? It can hold a spare strap or a setting tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the Aluminum Case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the aluminum frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth. Dust the foam with a soft brush or the narrow nozzle of a vacuum cleaner set to the lowest power. Store the case closed away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the 10-Piece Watch Case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches does this watch box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has 10 compartments, arranged in two rows of five. Each compartment holds one standard-sized wristwatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you travel with this case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be carried closed by its handle and is secured with two lever latches. The foam in the lid holds the watches in place during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe frame is aluminum in both cases. Only the panels differ: black or light-colored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the watches included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the case is delivered empty. The watches shown are for illustrative purposes only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order Your Case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers watch boxes, display cases, and storage solutions for individuals and professionals. You can benefit from \u003cstrong\u003e14-day returns\u003c\/strong\u003e and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry ten watches in a single bag with this aluminum case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications of the 10-Piece Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch box, case format\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum, black or light-colored panels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e black foam, foam-lined lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e two lever latches, handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364265554232,"sku":"14:193#white","price":66.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364265587000,"sku":"14:173#black","price":66.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-noir-boite-a-montre-br-royalwatch-58588814967133.jpg?v=1778164915"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-verre-cuivre-transparente-geometrique","title":"Hexagonal Glass Jewelry Box with Black or Gold Metal Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHexagonal glass jewelry box: a black or gold metal frame to display your jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hexagonal \u003cstrong\u003eglass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps your jewelry safe from dust while leaving it visible. Its six glass panels are held by a slim \u003cstrong\u003emetal frame\u003c\/strong\u003e, black or gold, and its lid opens with a small button. A decorative piece that serves as a mini display case on a dressing table, shelf, or shop counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this clear jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the glass lets you see every piece without opening the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHexagonal shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a geometric, modern, and graphic silhouette that stands out on a piece of furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or gold frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: two finishes to match industrial, bohemian, or classic decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: it opens with a round button, and a small chain keeps it in the open position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative object in its own right, even when empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small jewelry box for the dressing table, shelf, or display case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, this \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds your everyday ring, a pair of earrings, or a delicate bracelet. On a living room shelf, it showcases a family heirloom or a keepsake. In a shop or on a designer stand, it becomes a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display box\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects a signature piece while leaving it visible. It also serves as a case for presenting wedding rings on the wedding day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the glass and metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe six side panels and the lid are made of \u003cstrong\u003eclear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e. They are set in a \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e frame with a black or gold finish, which defines the edges of the hexagon. The lid button and the retaining chain match the color of the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the hexagonal glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior forms a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e, without dividers, to highlight a few selected pieces rather than an entire collection. Place a ring, a pair of stud earrings, or a delicate bracelet at the bottom. To prevent a piece from sliding on the glass, add a small velvet cushion, a piece of foam, or a bed of cotton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your glass and metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the glass with a slightly damp \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, then dry. Wipe the metal frame with a soft, dry cloth, without abrasive products that would scratch the finish. Handle the box by its base, without forcing the lid hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry should be stored in a glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for small pieces: rings, earrings, delicate bracelets, or a pendant. Its single compartment showcases them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the black finish and the gold finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the color of the frame changes: black for an industrial and graphic style, gold for a more classic style. The glass and shape are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA microfiber cloth is enough for the glass, with a little water if needed. Dry the frame immediately to preserve its finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good idea for a jewelry box gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this decorative box is perfect as a gift for a friend or a bride. It then remains as a decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this glass jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes and displays that store and showcase jewelry. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your finish and give your jewelry a little display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the hexagonal glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear glass, metal frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e hexagonal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid, button and chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e black or gold\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Gold","offer_id":52364268765496,"sku":"14:29#GD","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364268798264,"sku":"14:193#BK","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-noir-boite-a-bijoux-transparente-58542783725917.jpg?v=1778165018"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-verre-metal-dore-hexagonal","title":"Hexagonal Glass Jewelry Box with Gold-Tone Metal, Set of 1 to 3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold-Tone Hexagonal Glass Jewelry Box: A Mini Display Case, Available Individually or in Sets of 2 or 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hexagonal \u003cstrong\u003eglass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines transparent panels with a delicate \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal frame\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its lid opens like a display case, perfect for showcasing a ring, a pair of earrings, or a delicate bracelet. It can be ordered individually or in a \u003cstrong\u003eset of 2 or 3 boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for decorating a dressing table, wedding table, or shop display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Transparent Gold-Tone Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent glass\u003c\/strong\u003e: keeps every piece of jewelry visible and protected from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eShiny gold-tone metal\u003c\/strong\u003e: the frame highlights the edges of the hexagon and adds a warm glow to the design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: opens with a round button and stays open with a small chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets of 2 or 3\u003c\/strong\u003e: identical boxes that can be lined up on a shelf or given as separate gifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a geometric shape that serves as both decoration and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDecorative Jewelry Boxes for the Home, Weddings, and Shops\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table or bedside table, this \u003cstrong\u003edesigner jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps today's ring close at hand. On a wedding day, it showcases the wedding rings or decorates the head table. In a set, the boxes can be placed side by side on a shelf, sideboard, or \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry counter\u003c\/strong\u003e, each highlighting a single piece. Designers also use them at markets to display their signature pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the Glass and Gold-Tone Metal Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side panels and lid are made of \u003cstrong\u003etransparent glass\u003c\/strong\u003e, set in a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal\u003c\/strong\u003e frame. The closure button and retaining chain are also gold-tone. The glass is easy to clean and retains its transparency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization and Contents of the Glass Jewelry Box Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach box features a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for a few carefully selected pieces. The “1 box” option includes one box, the “Set of 2 boxes” option includes two, and the “Set of 3 boxes” option includes three, all identical. To secure a ring, place a small velvet cushion or a little cotton at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for Your Gold-Tone Glass Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the glass with a \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, slightly damp if necessary, then dry. Wipe the gold-tone frame with a soft, dry cloth, avoiding abrasive products. Open the lid using the button without forcing the hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the Gold-Tone Glass Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes are included in each option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe “1 box” option includes one box, while the sets include two or three identical boxes. All have the same hexagonal shape and gold-tone frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan wedding rings be displayed in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the transparent box highlights the wedding rings during the ceremony. Add a small cushion to keep them upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry fits in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall pieces: rings, earrings, a delicate bracelet, or a pendant. The single compartment displays them without mixing them in with an entire collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA microfiber cloth is all you need for the glass. Dry the metal immediately to preserve its gold-tone finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order These Glass Jewelry Boxes from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays for the home and shop window. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose a box or a set and create your own display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications of the Gold-Tone Hexagonal Glass Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent glass, gold-tone metal frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e hexagonal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid, button, and chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 box, set of 2, or set of 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"1 box","offer_id":52364269584696,"sku":"14:350850#Gold","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 2 boxes","offer_id":52364269617464,"sku":"111","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 boxes","offer_id":52364269650232,"sku":"111","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-or-grande-boite-a-bijoux-en-verre-58628603609437.jpg?v=1778165028"},{"product_id":"boite-a-bijoux-metal-dore-coeur-blanc-voyage","title":"Romantic White-Gold-Tone Metal Heart Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold and white metal heart jewelry box: a romantic case to display or give as a gift\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eheart-shaped jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small metal box with a raised gold design and a white finish. Sculpted roses adorn the lid, ornate feet lift it slightly, and the interior is lined with burgundy red fabric that makes rings sparkle. Placed on a dressing table or bedside table, it is as much a \u003cstrong\u003edecorative jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e as a storage piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this gold metal heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrnate design\u003c\/strong\u003e: raised roses, gold filigree, and decorative feet for a vintage style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeart-shaped case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a symbolic gift, appreciated for a proposal, birthday, or Valentine's Day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep red interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the fabric highlights the gold and stones of delicate jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box opens wide and closes neatly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat jewelry to store in a heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts unique cavity is suitable for delicate pieces: \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ewedding rings\u003c\/strong\u003e, earrings, and small pendants. It is designed to hold a selection of precious jewelry rather than a large collection. When giving a ring, it is an excellent alternative to an ordinary jewelry box: it can then be kept as a decorative object.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose between one, two, or three heart jewelry boxes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box can be ordered individually, in a \u003cstrong\u003epack of 2\u003c\/strong\u003e, or in a \u003cstrong\u003epack of 3 boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The pack of 2 is suitable for two people sharing a gift, or for separating a collection of rings. The pack of 3 allows you to organize jewelry by family or give several identical cases, for example to witnesses or bridesmaids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the gold metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e to remove fingerprints. Do not use abrasive products or water, as they could tarnish the gold design. Gently dust the fabric interior without rubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the gold metal heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this jewelry box made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box is made of gold metal with a white finish, and the interior is lined with burgundy red fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan many pieces of jewelry be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for a few precious pieces, rings, wedding rings, and earrings, not for a large collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the packs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is the number of boxes: one, two, or three, each with the same design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good jewelry box gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its heart shape and gold design give it real symbolic value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store specializes in jewelry storage and display. Each product page describes the item as received, with the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e and returns within 14 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive a case that will be kept for a long time: choose the number of heart boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative heart-shaped jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold metal, white finish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e burgundy red lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e rings, wedding rings, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1, 2, or 3 boxes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 1 box","offer_id":52364273942840,"sku":"14:350851#goldwhite","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 2 boxes","offer_id":52364273975608,"sku":"111","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3 cans","offer_id":52364274008376,"sku":"111","price":93.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-or-boite-a-bijoux-br-royalgold-58502284902749.jpg?v=1778165076"},{"product_id":"boite-a-bijoux-verre-metal-dore-design-geometrique","title":"Geometric Glass Jewelry Box with Gold Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGeometric glass jewelry box: a golden mini display case for your jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egeometric glass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e with a gold-tone metal frame resembles a small architectural gem: its transparent panels create distinct facets, and the pointed lid opens on a hinge held by a small chain. Placed on a shelf, sideboard, or dresser, it serves as a \u003cstrong\u003emini living room display\u003c\/strong\u003e for rings, earrings, and delicate necklaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this geometric glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeometric design\u003c\/strong\u003e: the gold-tone frame highlights every edge and catches the eye, even when closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent display\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry is visible from all sides without opening the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid with chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: it opens wide and stays in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone metal frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: a jewelry-inspired touch that complements gold jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e: one box, a set of 2, or a set of 3 to create a small collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA display jewelry box for the living room, shop, or as a gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a living room shelf, it does not hide away: it is a \u003cstrong\u003edecorative object\u003c\/strong\u003e in its own right. In a shop, it showcases a few signature pieces like a miniature display case. As a gift, it replaces the classic jewelry box with an item you will want to keep on your dresser. The set of three allows you to create a small arrangement of matching heights and shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to store in a glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box holds \u003cstrong\u003erings, earrings, delicate necklaces, and fine jewelry\u003c\/strong\u003e, which can be arranged flat on the bottom. The space is open, without compartments: you can create your own arrangement and group items by type when using several boxes. A single box is enough for a few signature pieces, while a set is ideal for a larger collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of the geometric jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are made of \u003cstrong\u003eclear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e and held by a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal\u003c\/strong\u003e frame. The meticulous construction withstands daily use and repeated handling. The contrast between the clear glass and the gold frame gives the box a jewelry-like appearance, also found in terrariums and decorative glass cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the geometric glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean, dry \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all that is needed to wipe the glass and frame. Avoid abrasive products on the gold-tone metal, and handle the box with care: the glass is fragile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the geometric glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the 1, 2, and 3 packs mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the number of boxes delivered: one box, a set of 2, or a set of 3 boxes of the same model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jewelry visible from the outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the panels are transparent: all the contents are visible without opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the lid open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt opens on a hinge, and a fine chain limits how far it opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for shop display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is a mini display case for showcasing a few signature pieces on a counter or stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry boxes, cases, and displays\u003c\/strong\u003e for homes and professionals, and describe them accurately. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your quantity and turn your jewelry into a decorative feature.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the geometric glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e display jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear glass, gold-tone metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e geometric with facets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinge and chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantities:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1, 2, or 3 boxes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"1 box","offer_id":52364279152952,"sku":"RC-JB-GOLD-001-P1","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 2 boxes","offer_id":52364279185720,"sku":"RC-JB-GOLD-001-P2","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 boxes","offer_id":52364279218488,"sku":"RC-JB-GOLD-001-P3","price":128.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-verre-boite-a-bijoux-br-doree-58471986626909_50cc5bc9-bf28-4de6-a06c-70354dce8e7d.jpg?v=1778165261"},{"product_id":"boite-presentoir-montre-metal-velours-noir-6-places","title":"6-Slot Watch Box Black Metal Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack metal 6-slot watch box: a glass-lidded case for your collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e6-slot watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a rigid black metal case with a glass-lidded cover that lets you view the collection without opening it. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eremovable black velvet cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e, one for each watch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for collectors storing their watches at home, as well as for watchmakers and shops looking for a small countertop display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this black metal 6-slot watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: one watch per slot, lined up side by side and visible at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-lidded cover\u003c\/strong\u003e: the clear glass protects against dust while allowing you to admire the dials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack metal case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rigid, understated, and elegant structure that is more durable than cardboard or thin plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable black velvet cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e: each watch rests on a soft cushion that holds the strap without constricting it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a metal fastener on the front keeps the lid securely closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElongated format\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box can be stored in a dresser drawer or placed on a shelf or countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA glass-lidded watch box for storing and displaying six watches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ewatch box with a glass-lidded cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is both a storage solution and a small display case. The six watches, with different dials and straps, are lined up facing forward: metal, leather, or rubber straps each have their own cushion. Open it to choose your watch for the day, then close it to protect it from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a shop countertop, the box becomes a six-piece display: customers can see the entire selection without handling the watches. At home, it fits perfectly on a dresser, in a wardrobe, or in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the black metal 6-slot watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e black metal case, clear cover, removable black velvet cushions. \u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 watches. \u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fastener on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cushions can be removed to be adjusted or replaced, allowing them to accommodate straps of different sizes. Watches are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing and maintaining the glass-lidded watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the clasp, lift the lid, then place each watch on its cushion with the strap fastened and the dial facing up. For maintenance, wipe the glass with a clean microfiber cloth, the case with a soft, dry cloth, and dust the velvet with a soft brush. Avoid leaving the box in direct sunlight behind the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the black metal 6-slot watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can the box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix watches, one per cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid transparent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the clear glass allows you to see the watches without opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cushions removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they can be removed to adapt to the size of the straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a clean, dry microfiber cloth and without abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers a wide range of boxes, cases, and winders for collectors and professionals. This black metal glass-lidded box complements our wooden and leather displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReturns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and display six watches in this simple, elegant black metal glass-lidded box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-lidded watch box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal case, black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-lidded, transparent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable, black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber cloth for the glass, soft brush for the velvet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"6 seats","offer_id":52364282036536,"sku":"26773535-china","price":28.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/hf_20260927_001932_c9cf8255-04c9-4426-9781-d2f7beb7a7cd.png?v=1790469648"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-cuir-blanc","title":"Black Cushion Ring Display with Triangular Marble Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack cushion ring display: a triangular marble base, a gold or silver rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ering display\u003c\/strong\u003e is a counter display with a sleek design: a \u003cstrong\u003erectangular black cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e on a thin metal rod, planted in a \u003cstrong\u003etriangular white marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e. The jewelry placed on the cushion appears to float above the marble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rod is available in two finishes: \u003cstrong\u003egold\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e. The contrast of black, veined white, and metal gives a sober and luxurious presentation, suitable for a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display case\u003c\/strong\u003e, a shop counter, or a living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe strengths of this black and marble ring display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dark background that makes light rings, diamonds, and colored stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriangular marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: heavy and stable, it provides a real presence in the display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin metal rod\u003c\/strong\u003e: it elevates the jewelry and allows light to circulate around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: gold rod for a warm tone, silver rod for a cooler look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique piece\u003c\/strong\u003e: an isolated support showcases a precious piece of jewelry without cluttering the display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA support for high-end jewelry display cases and counters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raised cushion isolates the presented piece: it is used for a solitaire, a designer ring, or a new arrival that you want to place at the front of the display case. Several supports of the same finish, placed in different locations, create a rhythm and guide the eye along the entire length of a display case or counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMarble, metal, and cushion: the choice of materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe veined white marble gives weight and nobility to the whole; each base features slightly different veins. The rod is made of gold or silver-plated metal, the cushion has a black leather covering that prevents the jewelry from slipping. The small feet under the base protect the counter surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGold or silver: which finish to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gold rod matches gold jewelry, warm lighting, and display cases with wood or brass tones. The silver rod is suitable for silver, white gold, or platinum jewelry, and for display cases with cool, white, or gray tones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the marble with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it. Avoid acidic products, which attack the stone. Dust the cushion with a dry cloth and the rod with a soft cloth to maintain its shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the cushion and marble ring display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the base of this display made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe triangular base is made of veined white marble, resting on small feet that protect the furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod finishes are offered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold or silver. The black cushion and marble base are identical in both cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be placed on the cushion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA ring or a small piece of jewelry, which the cushion holds in place and highlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this display suitable for a jewelry display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its elegant silhouette and stable base make it an ideal support for the display case or counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux is dedicated to the presentation of jewelry and watches, with precise sheets on materials and finishes. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your rod finish and showcase your most beautiful ring.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet of the black cushion and marble ring display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring display on a rod\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, leather covering\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e white marble, triangular shape\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRod:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold or silver-plated metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e display case, counter, living room\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Golden stem","offer_id":52364286591288,"sku":"14:350686#Style 3","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver stem","offer_id":52364286624056,"sku":"14:350850#Style 4","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S861a82008acc4634904992659736d478I.webp?v=1778164662"},{"product_id":"support-montre-pierre-marbre-metal-dore","title":"Black Marble Watch Display Stand with Gold or Silver Stem","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack marble watch display: a cushion on a gold or silver stem\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eblack marble watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e features a large padded black cushion atop a slim gold or silver metal stem, fixed to a square stone base. The watch rests on the cushion, strap wrapped around, with the dial facing forward. It is a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury watch holder\u003c\/strong\u003e with a minimalist style, suitable for both a jeweler's display case and a dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black marble veined with white gives the piece its weight and character: each base has a unique veining pattern. The stem is available in \u003cstrong\u003egold\u003c\/strong\u003e for a warm style, or \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e for a cooler, more modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this black marble watch display stand out\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack marble base:\u003c\/strong\u003e a heavy, stable stone veined with white that does not move when the watch is placed on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded black cushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e wide and firm, it supports the strap and allows the case to float above the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold or silver stem:\u003c\/strong\u003e two finishes to match the watch or the decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e one cushion, one stem, one stone: nothing distracts attention from the watch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional and personal use:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry display case, counter, private collection, dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this black marble watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a display case, this \u003cstrong\u003emarble watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e serves as a centerpiece: placed alone, it highlights the collection's flagship watch; lined up in pairs or threes at the same height, it creates a rhythmic presentation line. On a store counter, it holds the watch you want to offer a customer first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of the black marble display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is carved from \u003cstrong\u003eblack marble\u003c\/strong\u003e, a natural stone with white veining that varies from one piece to another. The \u003cstrong\u003estem\u003c\/strong\u003e is made of gold- or silver-tone metal. The \u003cstrong\u003ecushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is black, padded, and has a smooth surface. The piece is heavy at the bottom and light at the top, providing excellent stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDisplaying a watch on the black cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWrap the strap around the cushion, center the case, then turn the dial forward. The watch remains at eye level and is easy to read. For a display case, use several displays with the same stem finish: a uniform look is more elegant than a mix of gold and silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCaring for black marble and the metal stem\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the marble with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry immediately; avoid acidic products, which dull the stone. Clean the metal stem dry with a clean cloth. Dust the cushion with a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the black marble watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be placed on this display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne watch, placed on the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat stem finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold and silver. The black marble base and black cushion remain the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the marble natural?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is a natural stone veined with white; the veining varies from one piece to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should watches be arranged in a display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn stable cushions, spaced so that the dials remain visible. This display is ideal for pieces you want to highlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this watch display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe offer displays and storage for jewelry and watches, suitable for both display cases and home use. You have 14 days to return an item and are covered by the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Explore our selection with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/presentoir-montre\"\u003ewatch displays\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-montres\"\u003ewatch boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your watch a black marble base and a gold or silver stem: a simple stand for an elegant display.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the black marble watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch display on a stem\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e black marble, gold- or silver-tone metal, padded black cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStem finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold or silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e square, black marble veined with white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e display case, counter, dressing table, collection\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, no acidic products\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Gold","offer_id":52364295799096,"sku":"14:350686#Style 3","price":98.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Money","offer_id":52364295831864,"sku":"14:350850#Style 4","price":98.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sfb4734184da342b7b961aaa2b8f27b7bT.webp?v=1778165204"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-pierre-marbre-metal-rectangle","title":"White Marble Watch Display, Black Rectangular Cushion","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite marble watch display stand with black rectangular cushion for jewelry stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewhite marble watch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e features a wide black rectangular cushion on a metal stem, above a base of grey-veined natural marble. The cushion, longer than it is high, holds the watch or bracelet flat on its top surface, face-up. The contrast of black and white gives it the look of a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional display\u003c\/strong\u003e that is as understated as it is elegant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this marble and metal watch stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished natural marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: heavy and stable, it holds the cushion upright without tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack rectangular cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: its elongated shape is suitable for watches and wide bracelets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal stem\u003c\/strong\u003e: slim, it gives the whole piece a light appearance and elevates the watch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaux leather covering\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects the strap and case from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean design\u003c\/strong\u003e: three simple shapes that suit any counter and any decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA watch display stand for counters, shop windows, or dressing rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a jewelry counter, this \u003cstrong\u003erectangular watch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e organizes the space: its wide cushion makes a metal-strap watch stand out as much as a leather-strap watch. In a shop window, several stands lined up form a neat row, with each piece at the same height. At home, it can be placed on a dressing table or console, like a small decorative object. The stand is suitable for men's and women's watches, as well as wide bracelets and cuffs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the white marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: \u003cstrong\u003enatural marble\u003c\/strong\u003e in white with grey veining (base), \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e (stem), black \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e (cushion). Cushion shape: \u003cstrong\u003erectangular\u003c\/strong\u003e, wider than the base. Color: white and black. Capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e or 1 bracelet. Finish: polished marble. Style: luxury rectangle, minimalist. Natural marble shows variations in veining from one piece to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to properly position a watch on the rectangular cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the strap, wrap it around the cushion, and close it without tightening, with the face pointing forward. On a wide cushion, the strap remains evenly positioned and the case does not deform. Turn the stand slightly toward the customer so that the face catches the light in the shop window. Place the stand on a flat, stable surface, away from the edge of the counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the marble and faux leather\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the marble with a soft, dry cloth, without acidic or abrasive products that would dull the polished stone. Dust the cushion with a soft cloth; a light mark can be removed with a slightly damp cloth, dried immediately. Avoid letting liquid run onto the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of watch can be placed on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAny watch with a flexible or metal strap of standard size, as well as wide bracelets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the marble really natural?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the base is made of polished natural marble. Each piece features a unique veining pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral watches on a single stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to hold one watch or bracelet at a time. Line up several stands for a collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stand stable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the marble base is heavy and wide. Simply place it on a flat surface, away from the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this display stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers watch, jewelry, and box displays designed for both shop windows and homes. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose this white marble stand to showcase your watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e marble watch display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e marble, metal, faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white marble, black cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e rectangular cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch or 1 bracelet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White marble and black cushion","offer_id":52364295995704,"sku":"PB-MAR-MET-RECT","price":108.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S02e25232d432489cb689d47a7696b4a6v.webp?v=1778165218"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-velours-metal-contemporain","title":"Beige Velvet Watch Display Stand on Gold Metal Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBeige velvet watch display on a metal stand: a cushion on a gold-finished support, available in two heights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e features a beige cushion in a small velvet armchair, which is supported by a gold-finished metal stand. The watch rests at eye level, with the strap wrapped around the cushion. It is available in two heights: \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, with an 8 x 8 cm base. It is a stylish support for jewelry showcases, counters, or dressing rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet and metal watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion on a pedestal\u003c\/strong\u003e: the watch is elevated and can be seen from afar, even in a crowded showcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft touch that protects the strap and glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-finished metal stand\u003c\/strong\u003e: it gives the support a slim silhouette and a premium look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: 16.5 cm and 22.5 cm, which can be combined to create different levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 x 8 cm base\u003c\/strong\u003e: wide enough for stability, yet compact enough for a showcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA stylish watch display for showcases or the home\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ewatch display\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet can be placed in a jewelry showcase, on a shop counter, or at home on a dresser or shelf. By combining a 16.5 cm support with a 22.5 cm one, the showcase gains a second level without the need for additional furniture. Beige pairs well with both light-colored dials and dark straps, while the gold-finished metal complements gold or two-tone watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose between 16.5 cm and 22.5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e support is suitable for low showcases. The \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e version adds height to the front row of a showcase, positioned behind the lower supports. Both share the same \u003cstrong\u003e8 x 8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e base and cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of this watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeige velvet cushion and box, gold-finished metal stand. Dimensions: 8 x 8 cm base, height \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e per support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the beige velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush, following the grain. Light-colored fabric shows marks easily: wash your hands before handling the cushion. Wipe the metal stand with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this beige velvet watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat heights are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16.5 cm and 22.5 cm, with the same 8 x 8 cm base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches per support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne, placed on the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the support made of metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stand is made of gold-finished metal; the cushion and box are made of velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan several be lined up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, with an 8 x 8 cm base, they can be placed side by side in a showcase, using the two heights to create different levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects displays, boxes, and winders for watches and jewelry, for both shops and the home. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your height and give your watch a pedestal.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch display on a stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige velvet, gold-finished metal stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 8 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.5 cm or 22.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"16.5 cm","offer_id":52364302876984,"sku":"14:1052#Beige-1","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"8.86 in","offer_id":52364302909752,"sku":"14:1052#Beige-2","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sa59f1002e0834203917b6110dda72ff6L.webp?v=1778165441"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-marbre-massif-tige-metal-vitrine","title":"Solid Black Marble Watch Display Stand, Metal Stem","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid black marble watch display stand with metal rod: choice of three rods, black, gold or silver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esolid black marble watch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e is a vertical stand: a square base of black marble veined with white, a thin metal rod and a black cushion on which the watch rests. It is suitable for a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display case\u003c\/strong\u003e, fashion boutique or dressing room, to display a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury watch\u003c\/strong\u003e, bracelet or pocket watch. The heavy base provides great stability and the vertical structure keeps the dial clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this black marble watch stand with metal rod\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: it prevents tipping and ensures a stable display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrofiber cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects the strap and case from scratches and abrasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dial and crown remain clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree rod options\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, gold or silver, to match the case or the display case's branding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlack, gold or silver rod: the detail that changes the look\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eblack rod\u003c\/strong\u003e blends into the base and creates a very sleek, almost graphic look. The \u003cstrong\u003egold rod\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a warm contrast with the dark marble and is suitable for gold or two-tone watches. The \u003cstrong\u003esilver rod\u003c\/strong\u003e, chrome-plated, remains neutral and matches steel. In all three cases, the design is minimalist and fits both classic and contemporary settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this black marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a \u003cstrong\u003esales counter\u003c\/strong\u003e or display case shelf, it makes it easy to pick up: the customer sees the watch face-on and can grasp it without it slipping. On a dressing table or in a dressing room, it elegantly displays the watch of the day. It is compatible with pocket watches, bracelets and luxury watches; handling remains secure during try-ons. Ordering three, one per rod, creates a beautiful row of watch displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for black marble and the microfiber cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the marble with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e and avoid acidic products. The cushion can be brushed or wiped with a clean cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the solid marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can this display stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne watch per stand. For a row, order several units, with identical or different rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a pocket watch be displayed on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cushion and vertical structure are compatible with pocket watches as well as wristwatches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich rod should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack for a discreet look, gold for a warm contrast, silver for a neutral tone. They do not change the size or stability of the stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store luxury watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvoid drawers where cases can touch. A padded support on a heavy base keeps them upright and protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this display stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays and stands for jewelry and watches, for professional display cases as well as home storage. \u003cstrong\u003eReturns are accepted within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your exceptional pieces a solid black marble base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e individual vertical display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e solid black marble, microfiber cushion, metal rod\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRods:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, gold or silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e display case, counter, shelf, dressing table\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black Rod","offer_id":52364303597880,"sku":"14:193#black  rod","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden Stem","offer_id":52364303630648,"sku":"14:29#gold rod","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Stem","offer_id":52364303663416,"sku":"14:175#silver rod","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S3a159dd9503043c6ab0c0de13e46407dH.webp?v=1778165501"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-velours-metal-brosse-vitrine","title":"Velvet Cushion Watch Display on Curved Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWatch display stand with curved base: a velvet cushion supported by a metal rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a watch at eye level: a padded velvet cushion supports the strap, a thin metal rod holds it up, and a fabric-covered curved base provides stability. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is the watch stand used in jewelry store display cases, on counters, and in dressing rooms where each piece is displayed on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet and metal watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatch at eye level\u003c\/strong\u003e: the cushion raises the watch above the base, with the dial facing the customer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft touch that protects the glass, case, and strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin metal rod\u003c\/strong\u003e: it supports the cushion without drawing attention, keeping the watch the focus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved base\u003c\/strong\u003e: its widened base keeps the stand upright, even with a heavy metal-strap watch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: beige, black, and blue, to create a harmonious display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAn individual watch display for the display case and counter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach stand displays \u003cstrong\u003eone watch\u003c\/strong\u003e. In a jewelry display case, several stands in the same shade can be lined up for a sleek presentation, or different colors can be mixed to distinguish product ranges. At home, a single \u003cstrong\u003ewatch stand\u003c\/strong\u003e on a dresser or desk highlights the watch of the moment and frees up a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAn authentic presentation of the watch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cushion fits the shape of a wrist: the strap unfolds without bending or creasing and remains straight, just as it would on the wrist. Leather, link, and fabric straps also sit comfortably on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of this watch display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicrofiber-look velvet cushion, \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e rod, and fabric-covered curved base. Colors: \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e. Capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e per stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet and base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the cushion and base with a soft brush or lint roller. Wipe the metal rod with a dry cloth to remove fingerprints. Avoid getting water on the fabrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches per stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne: the cushion holds one watch at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeige, black, and blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for metal and leather straps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cushion accommodates both types of straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan several be lined up in a display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is their intended use: several stands of the same height create a neat row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch display from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers displays, boxes, and winders for watches and jewelry, for both shops and homes. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and put your watch at eye level.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet, metal rod, fabric-covered base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige, black, blue\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364303991096,"sku":"14:175#Beige","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364304023864,"sku":"14:29#Black PU Leather","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364304056632,"sku":"14:10#Blue","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sb428a1bf13874308bc559328581b77a7l.webp?v=1778165532"},{"product_id":"mallette-bijoux-metal-rangement-montres-10-12-emplacements","title":"Aluminum Watch Case Briefcase with Foam, 10 or 12 Slots","description":"\u003ch2\u003e10- or 12-Place Aluminum Watch Case Briefcase: Transport Your Collection with Peace of Mind\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch case\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the form of an aluminum briefcase with a handle, lined with black foam, to carry \u003cstrong\u003e10 or 12 watches\u003c\/strong\u003e from one place to another. It is designed for collectors who travel with their watches, watchmakers who visit their clients, and sellers who exhibit at trade shows. Each watch has its own compartment, and each compartment its own cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this aluminum watch briefcase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: metal profiles and reinforced corners that frame the entire briefcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated foam in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: it holds the watches in place once the briefcase is closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: a foam tray cut into compartments of \u003cstrong\u003e7 x 5.5 x 4 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, one watch per compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e: each watch wraps around a foam cushion that slides into its compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle and two latches\u003c\/strong\u003e: the briefcase is carried like a briefcase and closes with two metal fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel briefcase for watches, from the living room to the display window\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a jeweler or watchmaker, this \u003cstrong\u003epresentation briefcase\u003c\/strong\u003e is used to show a selection of watches to a client, at a stand, or during a private sale. For individuals, it is a secure \u003cstrong\u003ewatch storage\u003c\/strong\u003e solution for moving, traveling, or storing watches that are rarely worn. Opened on a counter, it becomes a small display case; closed, it can be stored on a shelf or in a closet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions of the 10- or 12-Place Watch Case Briefcase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10-place\u003c\/strong\u003e briefcase measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e30 x 17 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and stores its watches in two rows of five. The \u003cstrong\u003e12-place\u003c\/strong\u003e briefcase measures \u003cstrong\u003e38.5 x 19 x 8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and aligns two rows of six. The compartments measure \u003cstrong\u003e7 cm long, 5.5 cm wide, and 4 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e: enough to accommodate most men's and women's watches, including smartwatches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization and maintenance of the aluminum briefcase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWrap the strap around the cushion, then slide the cushion into its compartment, dial facing up. Close the lid: the perforated foam gently presses on the watches. For maintenance, wipe the aluminum with a soft, dry cloth, and dust the foam with a soft brush or a lint roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the watch briefcase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 10- and 12-place briefcase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 10-place version is more compact, with two rows of five compartments. The 12-place version, which is longer, offers two rows of six compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the watches move during transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach watch is held by its cushion in a fitted compartment. The foam in the lid then secures it from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a smartwatch be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the 7 x 5.5 cm compartments also accommodate smartwatches and their straps. The cushion adapts to soft straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the briefcase lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt closes with two metal latches. No key lock is provided on this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your watch briefcase from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe provide the actual dimensions of each size so that you choose the right capacity. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose 10 or 12 places and take your watches anywhere in a well-organized aluminum briefcase.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch storage briefcase\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 or 12 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 17 cm (10 places), 38.5 x 19 x 8 cm (12 places)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum frame, black foam interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e two metal latches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"10 Seats","offer_id":52364304941368,"sku":"14:175#18 slots black","price":138.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Seats","offer_id":52364304974136,"sku":"14:350850#18 slots white","price":148.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Design_sans_titre_-_2025-08-09T102109.990.png?v=1778165699"},{"product_id":"coffre-fort-remontoir-12-montres-cuir-italien-tiroirs","title":"Watch Safe 12 Winders Black Leather Jewelry Drawers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack leather watch safe with 12 winders and jewelry drawers: the secure cabinet for large collections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch safe with 12 winders\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 143 cm wide cabinet made of manganese steel and hand-stitched black leather, combining security, winding, and storage. It holds twelve automatic watches on individual winders and features \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e lined with faux suede for rings, bracelets, and chains. It is designed for collectors who want to protect their horological and jewelry collection in a single piece of furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this watch safe with 12 winders and jewelry drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 ultra-quiet individual winders\u003c\/strong\u003e to maintain the power reserve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced manganese steel structure\u003c\/strong\u003e and eight cast-iron locking bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBiometric fingerprint locking\u003c\/strong\u003e combined with a personal numeric code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecialized drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e lined with faux suede for rings, bracelets, chains, and documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e to showcase the watches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-stitched leather covering\u003c\/strong\u003e with a fine leather goods finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA black leather safe for the living room, office, or collector's study\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClad in hand-stitched black leather, this safe is a design piece that enhances any living space. It fits seamlessly into an office, a spacious dressing room, or a watch enthusiast's living room. Its understated black finish complements wood paneling, metal, and glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight of this watch safe with 12 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe measures \u003cstrong\u003e143 cm wide, 64.5 cm deep, and 54.5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, and its \u003cstrong\u003estated weight is 350 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. This weight requires a load-bearing floor and a permanent location chosen before delivery: once in place, it is not easily moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWinders and security of the manganese steel safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwelve individual winders gently rotate automatic watches to maintain their power reserve. The locking system combines a fingerprint with a numeric code: two steps to open the safe. The winders are compatible with automatic watches of all sizes; set the rotation according to the value specified for each caliber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the leather and faux suede safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all that is needed for the leather. Dust the faux suede drawers with a soft brush. Avoid moisture and abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this watch safe with jewelry drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwelve automatic watches, each on its own individual winder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan jewelry be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, faux suede-lined drawers hold rings, bracelets, chains, and documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a fingerprint combined with a personal numeric code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e143 cm wide, 64.5 cm deep, 54.5 cm high, and a floor capable of supporting 350 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux?\u003c\/strong\u003e We describe each safe with precision, and you have a 14-day return period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep twelve automatic watches and your finest jewelry in a single black leather safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch safe with winders and jewelry drawers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e manganese steel, hand-stitched black leather, faux suede drawers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 143 x 64.5 x 54.5 cm, 350 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 watch spaces and jewelry drawers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e fingerprint, numeric code, 8 bolts\u003cbr\u003e\nLighting: interior LED\u003cbr\u003e\nColor: black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cv3.1--\u003e\u003c\/v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black Leather","offer_id":52364307169592,"sku":"COFFRE-VAUBAN-12-ROTATION","price":49401.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/vauban-coffre-fort-de-luxe-avec-remontoirs-pour-12-montres-et-tiroirs-bijoux-remontoir-473.webp?v=1778164741"},{"product_id":"armoire-remontoir-metal-diplomate-biometrique-24-montres","title":"Automatic Watch Winder Cabinet with Touchscreen, 1 to 24 Slots","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic watch winder cabinet: 1 to 24 watches in motion, under lock and key\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch winder cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps your mechanical watches running in a glossy black cabinet with a glass door, a touch screen for settings, and a fingerprint lock. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003e1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12 or 24 slots\u003c\/strong\u003e, from the first collector's winder to a complete watchmaker's display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e with independent rotors, programmable individually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent winder\u003c\/strong\u003e: discreet motors, suitable for an office or bedroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch screen\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front to set each slot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBiometric locking\u003c\/strong\u003e by fingerprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass door\u003c\/strong\u003e and interior lighting that showcase the dials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA winder cabinet for the home, office or jewelry store\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1 or 2-slot model can be placed on a dresser or in a closet. The 4, 6 and 9-slot formats are suitable for a collector's \u003cstrong\u003ewatch safe\u003c\/strong\u003e, installed in an office or bookcase. The 12 and 24-slot versions become a horology display case: in stores, they keep automatic watches displayed and on time, ready to be tried on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of the metal winder cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure is made of \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e, finished in glossy black lacquer with grey-veined side panels. The front is made of \u003cstrong\u003eglass\u003c\/strong\u003e, the interior lined with leather around each rotor. A raised base on metal feet isolates the cabinet from the surface it sits on. The interior lighting highlights each watch behind the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRotation and settings of the watch winder cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach slot has its own rotor: the program for each watch is set separately from the touch screen, according to the needs of its movement. The silent motors run without disruptive noise. The \u003cstrong\u003efingerprint\u003c\/strong\u003e lock restricts opening the door to registered users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the lacquered winder cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the lacquer and glass door with a dry microfiber cloth. Dust the leather interior with a soft cloth. Place the cabinet on a stable piece of furniture, away from a heat source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this winder cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a watch winder work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rotor rotates the watch like wrist movement, which winds its mainspring. The automatic watch stays on time even when it is not worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich automatic watch winder should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAllow one slot per automatic watch that you do not wear every day. Plan for one or two extra slots if your collection grows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan each watch be set separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each slot is individually programmable. Two watches with different movements therefore rotate each at their own pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the cabinet open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe door is locked by fingerprint. Only registered fingerprints open the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy wind an automatic watch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA stopped watch must be reset to the correct time, date, and sometimes moon phase. The winder avoids these repeated adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this cabinet from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select winders, cases, and watch boxes, from the single-slot model to the collector's cabinet, described as they are delivered. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the number of slots that suits your collection and keep your watches ready to wear.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e automatic watch winder cabinet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12 or 24 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal, glossy black finish, grey-veined panels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e leather, interior lighting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch screen, programs per slot\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock:\u003c\/strong\u003e fingerprint\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"1st Place","offer_id":52364307431736,"sku":"14:193#IB-5200","price":673.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Seats","offer_id":52364307464504,"sku":"14:173#IB-5201","price":940.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Seats","offer_id":52364307497272,"sku":"14:350686#IB-5202","price":1366.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 seats","offer_id":52364307530040,"sku":"14:350850#IB-5203","price":1732.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 Places","offer_id":52364307562808,"sku":"14:175#IB-5204","price":2158.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Seats","offer_id":52364307595576,"sku":"14:94#IB-5205","price":2722.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 Seats","offer_id":52364307628344,"sku":"14:865#IB-5206","price":4831.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S5ce20b78430247dfacb7d63d8f67149dy.webp?v=1778164763"},{"product_id":"coffre-fort-ignifuge-montre-automatique-luxe","title":"Watch Safe 9 Winders, Leather Interior 4 Finishes","description":"\u003ch2\u003e9-Winder Watch Safe: Nine Automatic Watches Kept Secure and Running\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e9-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e features a black metal exterior and a leather-lined interior available in four finishes: orange, black, red, or mirrored. Nine programmable winders keep your automatic watches running behind a door with motorized locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis medium-sized \u003cstrong\u003eluxury watch safe\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for a dressing room, office, or watch shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 9-Watch Winder Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine winders arranged in a three-by-three grid\u003c\/strong\u003e: each can be programmed separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour interior finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: orange, black, red, or mirrored, to match your collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatch safe with fingerprint access\u003c\/strong\u003e: the door is equipped with motorized locks and a built-in alarm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the structure is made of metal and features a glass window in the door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent operation\u003c\/strong\u003e: the winders' motors are quiet, making the safe suitable for placement near a bed or desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Place This 9-Watch Winder Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cubic \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch safe\u003c\/strong\u003e sits on a stable piece of furniture, console, or desk. It fits seamlessly into a dressing room or reception area. In a shop, it showcases a selection of watches behind the door window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an interior finish to suit the atmosphere: orange and red add character, black remains understated, and mirrored reflects the watch faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the Metal Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of black \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e in your chosen finish. The door features a \u003cstrong\u003eglass\u003c\/strong\u003e window, a \u003cstrong\u003efingerprint\u003c\/strong\u003e reader, and a touch panel. Motorized locks open and close the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe control panel allows you to set each winder individually. Clean with a microfiber cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrangement of the Nine Winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nine winders are arranged in three rows of three, with a flat storage compartment underneath. They accommodate \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watches\u003c\/strong\u003e with leather, steel, or rubber straps, each with its own setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the Metal, Glass, and Leather\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a clean, dry microfiber cloth to clean the exterior and glass. Avoid harsh household products and leave the winders in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the 9-Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches does this safe wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNine automatic watches, each on a programmable winder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat interior finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOrange, black, red, or mirrored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the safe lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses fingerprint access, motorized locks, and a built-in alarm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the safe noisy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the winders' motors are quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the exterior made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMetal, with a glass window in the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order This Safe from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers winders, safes, boxes, and displays for watches and jewelry. You benefit from a 14-day return policy and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your finish and keep nine automatic watches securely wound.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch safe with winders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 automatic watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange, black, red, or mirrored leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass window\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fingerprint access, motorized locks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in alarm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Orange Interior","offer_id":52364307693880,"sku":"14:865#9 Slot-3","price":4405.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black interior","offer_id":52364307726648,"sku":"14:175#9 Slot-1","price":4405.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Interior","offer_id":52364307759416,"sku":"14:94#9 Slot-2","price":4405.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Interior Mirror","offer_id":52364307792184,"sku":"14:100013777#9 Slot-4","price":4405.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/bastion-coffre-fort-avec-remontoirs-9-montres-orange-remontoir-montre-430.webp?v=1778164770"},{"product_id":"coffre-fort-montre-metal-bastion-6-slots-luxe","title":"Watch Safe 6 Winders Drawers Metal and Leather","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWatch safe with 6 winders and drawers: complete storage for your collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/strong\u003e features a metal frame, keeps six automatic watches wound, and stores the rest of your collection in \u003cstrong\u003edrawers\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003eglass-paneled\u003c\/strong\u003e door lets you see the winders in motion, and the interior is available in \u003cstrong\u003efour finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: orange, black, red, or mirrored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this watch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix built-in winders\u003c\/strong\u003e: three columns of two slots, each equipped with a silent motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: they hold bracelets, buckles, and collectible items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour interior finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: orange, black, red, or mirrored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e: settings can be adjusted with a simple touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this safe for six automatic watches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe is a cube that sits on the floor or on a sturdy piece of furniture, in a dressing room, office, or jewelry store. The six slots at the top are for the watches you wear alternately; underneath, the drawers store the other watches and their accessories. A side compartment completes the storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of this watch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal frame, \u003cstrong\u003eglass-paneled\u003c\/strong\u003e door, and \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e interior lining available in \u003cstrong\u003eorange, black, red, or mirrored\u003c\/strong\u003e. Capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e6 built-in winders\u003c\/strong\u003e, several drawers, and a side compartment. Silent motors and touch controls on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing and maintaining this watch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the door, place each watch on its attached cushion clasp, close it, and then set the rotation using the touch panel according to your movement's instructions. Maintenance: use a soft microfiber cloth on the leather and glass without solvents; avoid moisture and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing this watch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA watch safe combines two functions: keeping automatic watches wound with built-in winders and keeping them safe behind a closed door. When choosing, count the number of watches that need to be wound, plan for floor space and clearance for the door, and check where the power outlet will be located.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this watch safe with 6 winders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can the safe wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix automatic watches wind simultaneously on the six built-in winders. The drawers store the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat interior finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour: orange, black, red, and mirrored. You choose the variant when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan jewelry also be stored inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe drawers are suitable for bracelets, spare buckles, and small items. The exact capacity depends on their size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the door have glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a glass window allows you to admire the winders in motion without opening it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this watch safe from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach product page lists the capacity, dimensions, materials, and settings so you know exactly what you are buying. Returns are possible within 14 days, with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect and wind six automatic watches in a single safe: choose your interior finish and order.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch safe with 6 winders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 watches on winders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, leather interior lining, glass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange, black, red, mirrored\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawers and side compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-paneled door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Touch panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Orange Interior","offer_id":52364307857720,"sku":"14:350686#6 Slot-3","price":4009.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black interior","offer_id":52364307890488,"sku":"14:193#6 Slot-1","price":4009.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Interior","offer_id":52364307923256,"sku":"14:173#6 Slot-2","price":4009.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Interior Mirror","offer_id":52364307956024,"sku":"14:350850#6 Slot-4","price":4009.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/bastion-coffre-fort-avec-remontoirs-6-montres-orange-remontoir-montre-660.webp?v=1778164779"},{"product_id":"coffre-fort-montre-metal-bastion-12-slots-luxe","title":"Watch Safe 12 Winders Metal and Leather Touch Screen","description":"\u003ch2\u003e12-Winder Watch Safe: Twelve Automatic Watches in a Single Safe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e with a metal frame maintains \u003cstrong\u003etwelve automatic watches\u003c\/strong\u003e at once, arranged in four rows of three. Its \u003cstrong\u003eglass-windowed\u003c\/strong\u003e door reveals the collection, a \u003cstrong\u003etouchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e controls the settings, and a side compartment holds other pieces. The interior is available in \u003cstrong\u003efive finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwelve built-in winders\u003c\/strong\u003e: three columns across four rows, with silent motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouchscreen and touch buttons\u003c\/strong\u003e: a front panel displays and adjusts the modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e: stores documents, boxes, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive interior finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: orange, black, black with black stitching, red, or mirrored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Place This Safe for Twelve Automatic Watches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on the floor or on a sturdy piece of furniture, this safe is suitable for a dressing room, office, or jewelry store. The twelve winders form a wall of dials visible through the glass door; to the right, a separate compartment holds items that should not be wound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of This 12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal frame, \u003cstrong\u003eglass-windowed\u003c\/strong\u003e door, and \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e interior lining available in \u003cstrong\u003efive finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: orange, black, black with black stitching, red, or mirrored. Capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e12 built-in winders\u003c\/strong\u003e with silent motors, plus a side compartment. Front panel display and touch controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing and Maintaining This 12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the door, place each watch on its cushion with the clasp fastened, then set the rotation speed on the touchscreen according to your movement's instructions. Maintenance: gently wipe the leather, glass, and screen with a soft microfiber cloth without solvents; avoid moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing This 12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA watch safe combines two functions: maintaining automatic watches with built-in winders and keeping them secure behind a closed door. When choosing, count the number of watches that need winding, plan for floor space and clearance for the door, and check where the power outlet will be located.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About This 12-Winder Watch Safe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be wound?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwelve automatic watches, on twelve built-in winders. The side compartment stores items that are not wound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat interior finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive: orange, black, black with black stitching, red, and mirrored. The choice is made with the variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you set the rotation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsing the front panel touch strip, which features a display screen and buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you see the watches through the door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a glass window allows you to admire the collection without opening the safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy This 12-Winder Safe from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach product page lists the capacity, dimensions, materials, and settings so you know exactly what you are buying. Returns are possible within 14 days, with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain and protect twelve automatic watches in a single safe: choose your interior finish and order.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch safe with 12 winders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 watches on winders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, leather interior lining, glass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange, black, black with black stitching, red, mirrored\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-windowed door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Touchscreen and touch buttons\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Orange Interior","offer_id":52364308283704,"sku":"14:29#12 Slot-4","price":4831.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black interior","offer_id":52364308316472,"sku":"14:10#12 Slot-2","price":4831.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Interior with Black Stitching","offer_id":52364308349240,"sku":"14:496#12 Slot-1","price":4831.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Interior","offer_id":52364308382008,"sku":"14:350853#12 Slot-3","price":4831.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Interior Mirror","offer_id":52364308414776,"sku":"14:366#12 Slot-5","price":4929.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/bastion-coffre-fort-avec-remontoirs-12-montres-orange-remontoir-montre-973.webp?v=1778164803"},{"product_id":"remontoir-montre-metal-nexus-cube-aluminium-solo","title":"1-Slot Aluminum Cube Automatic Watch Winder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAluminum Cube Automatic Watch Winder: 1-Watch Capacity, Three Colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e in the shape of an aluminum cube holds \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e behind a glass door. Measuring \u003cstrong\u003e13 cm on each side\u003c\/strong\u003e, it fits on a desk, bedside table, or dressing room shelf and keeps your mechanical watch ready to wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of this aluminum cube winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodized aluminum shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rigid case with clean lines, available in gray, gold, or blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e13 cm cube format\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compact winder that takes up no more space than a book lying flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged glass door\u003c\/strong\u003e: the watch remains visible, and the door opens wide for easy placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e: the rotation programs can be set according to the watch's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent automatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e: the quiet motor allows the cube to be placed in a bedroom without causing a disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA stylish watch winder for the office or bedroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stylish automatic watch winder complements modern interiors: gray for a minimalist office, gold for a dressing table or console, and blue to add a touch of color to a shelf. Its \u003cstrong\u003e13 x 13 x 13 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e cube format makes it easy to place, and it makes an original gift for a watch enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications of the aluminum cube winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eanodized aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e shell forms a \u003cstrong\u003e13 x 13 x 13 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e cube. The front door, framed in aluminum, features a \u003cstrong\u003etransparent glass panel\u003c\/strong\u003e and opens on a side hinge. Inside, the watch rests on a black \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e cushion. A control button is located beneath the rotor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWatch placement and rotation programs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the door, wrap the strap around the cushion, and place it in the rotor. The cube holds a single watch, making it an ideal everyday automatic watch winder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal button allows you to select the rotation program. The customizable programs protect the watch's movement while keeping its mainspring wound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the aluminum and glass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the aluminum shell with a dry microfiber cloth. Clean the glass with a slightly damp microfiber cloth. Dust the velvet cushion with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this cube winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the cube winder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 13 cm wide, 13 cm deep, and 13 cm high. It fits easily on a bedside table or shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I wind an automatic watch with this cube?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWrap the strap around the cushion, place it in the rotor, and then select a program. The cube rotates the watch in cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this winder noisy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, its quiet motor allows it to be placed in a bedroom. It rotates in cycles interspersed with pauses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGray complements any interior, gold matches gold watches, and blue adds a touch of color. All three share the same format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this cube winder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers a selection of storage and winders for watches and jewelry, from travel cases to collection cabinets. Enjoy 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the color of your cube and keep your automatic watch running.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the aluminum cube winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e automatic watch winder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e anodized aluminum, transparent glass, velvet cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 x 13 x 13 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e gray, gold, or blue\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e quiet, adjustable rotation programs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Gray Aluminum","offer_id":52364310282552,"sku":"14:350686#Black","price":234.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Aluminum","offer_id":52364310315320,"sku":"14:173#Gold","price":234.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Aluminum","offer_id":52364310348088,"sku":"14:193#Blue","price":234.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/nexus-solo-remontoir-cube-aluminium-noir-montre-811.webp?v=1778164764"},{"product_id":"boite-montres-metal-aluminium-5-compartiments","title":"5-Slot Aluminum Watch Box with Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5-Piece Aluminum Watch Box: a Glass-Lidded Case in Black, Silver, or Rose Gold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum watch box\u003c\/strong\u003e stores and displays \u003cstrong\u003e5 watches\u003c\/strong\u003e under a glass lid, in a slim format of \u003cstrong\u003e29 x 11 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e that fits on a dresser, shelf, or desk. It is ideal for automatic watch enthusiasts who want to view their collection at a glance, as well as for jewelers presenting a small selection in a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this watch box for men and women\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibbed aluminum alloy frame\u003c\/strong\u003e, rigid and resistant to everyday bumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: keeps the dials visible and protected from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft black interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects cases and leather, fabric, or steel straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e: when removed, they free up five compartments for bracelets, rings, or necklaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, silver, or rose gold, to match your home décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA stylish watch box for the dressing room or display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black finish offers a sleek, masculine style that complements a contemporary desk or dressing room. Silver recalls the brushed metal of steel watches, while rose gold turns the box into a decorative piece on a vanity and a lovely \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's watch case\u003c\/strong\u003e. In a store, the box placed on a counter becomes a small five-piece display. It is also an excellent gift idea for a watch enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 5-Piece Aluminum Watch Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e29 x 11 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e structure with a ribbed profile, glass lid, and black interior with 5 compartments separated by dividers, each fitted with a cushion. It closes with a \u003cstrong\u003emetal clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStoring watches and jewelry in the aluminum box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWrap each closed strap around its cushion, dial up, and arrange the watches from the most formal to the sportiest. One compartment can remain without a cushion to hold a bracelet, cufflinks, or a ring: the box then becomes a small watch and jewelry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the metal glass-lidded box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the glass with a microfiber cloth and the aluminum with a soft, dry cloth, without abrasive products. Dust the interior with a soft brush. Avoid prolonged exposure to direct sunlight, which can fade leather straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the 5-piece watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a large-case watch fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe compartments accommodate standard watch straps, including chronographs. For a very thick case, check that the lid closes without pressing on the crown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cushions removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they can be removed to free up the compartment. You can then store jewelry or a single bracelet there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich finish should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack and silver suit steel collections and desks. Rose gold complements gold-tone watch cases and vanities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box protect against dust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen the lid is closed, the watches are protected from dust while remaining visible. The aluminum frame protects against minor bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe choose watch boxes that truly protect the pieces and display them with pride, with \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your finish and give your five favorite watches a glass-lidded case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass-lidded watch box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 x 11 x 8.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum alloy, glass lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, silver, rose gold\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal clasp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364315164984,"sku":"14:193#black;200007763:201441035","price":117.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Money","offer_id":52364315197752,"sku":"14:350686#silvery;200007763:201441035","price":117.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose gold","offer_id":52364315230520,"sku":"14:350850#rosegold;200007763:201441035","price":117.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/boite-a-montres-en-aluminium-738.webp?v=1778164947"},{"product_id":"kit-reparation-montre-metal-13-outils-pro","title":"13-Piece Watch Repair Kit with Zipper Case","description":"\u003ch2\u003e13-Piece Watch Repair Kit with Zippered Case: The Essentials for Maintaining Your Watches\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch repair kit\u003c\/strong\u003e includes \u003cstrong\u003e13 metal watchmaking tools\u003c\/strong\u003e in a black zippered case. It is designed for hobbyists who want to change a battery, adjust a bracelet, or open a case, as well as apprentice watchmakers and jewelers who need to assist customers over the counter. Each tool has its own place in the case, allowing you to see them all at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat This Watchmaking Tool Kit Includes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable case opener\u003c\/strong\u003e: a \u003cstrong\u003etool for opening screw-down watch backs\u003c\/strong\u003e, with interchangeable tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBracelet pin punch\u003c\/strong\u003e: a \u003cstrong\u003etool for removing links from a watch bracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e and adjusting it to the correct size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber blower\u003c\/strong\u003e: used to blow dust out of the case and glass before closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTweezers and small screwdrivers\u003c\/strong\u003e: for picking up small parts and removing screws and bars without marking them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase holder\u003c\/strong\u003e: holds the watch in place while opening the back and changing the battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA Tool for Changing a Watch Battery and Adjusting the Bracelet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two most common tasks are \u003cstrong\u003echanging the battery\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eshortening the bracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e. With this kit, you open the case using the case opener, replace the battery, close it properly, and then adjust the bracelet by pushing out the links' pins. The metal tools are designed for precise work on small watch parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA Zippered Storage Case for the Workshop and Travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black case opens flat: each tool fits into its own slot, and the whole set closes with a zipper. It can be placed on a workbench, a shop counter, or in a portable workshop case. The \u003cstrong\u003ewatch repair kit\u003c\/strong\u003e thus stays clean, complete, and ready to use, so you don't have to search for a tip or screwdriver at the bottom of a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 13-Piece Watch Repair Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 watchmaking tools and a storage case. \u003cstrong\u003eTool material:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal, stainless steel. \u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e black zippered case with slots for each tool. \u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e opening case backs, changing batteries, shortening bracelets, and removing bars and screws. \u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobbyists, apprentice watchmakers, and jewelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTool Usage and Maintenance Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork on a clean surface, preferably covered with a soft mat, to avoid losing small parts. Hold the watch in the holder before opening the back. After use, wipe each tool with a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e and put it back in its place. For a valuable or waterproof watch, you may want to have a watchmaker perform the work to preserve its water resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About This Watch Tool Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tools are included in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe kit includes 13 metal watchmaking tools: a case opener, pin punch, tweezers, screwdrivers, holder, and accessories, all arranged in a case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you change a watch battery with this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the adjustable case opener is used to open screw-down watch backs, and the small tools make it possible to replace the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you shorten a watch bracelet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace the bracelet on the pin punch, push out the pin of the link you want to remove, and then adjust the bracelet to the correct length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the kit suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, for simple tasks such as changing a battery or adjusting a bracelet. Movement adjustments require experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order This Kit from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux sells displays, boxes, and winders for jewelry and watches, and this kit complements the storage of a collection. You can also find our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/etui-montre\"\u003ewatch cases\u003c\/a\u003e to protect your pieces. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquip yourself with this complete 13-piece kit to maintain your watches yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e watch repair kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 tools\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool material:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal, stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e black zippered case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e batteries, bracelets, case backs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"13-piece tool kit with case","offer_id":52364316246328,"sku":"KIT-REPARATION-13","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/kit-reparation-montre-13-outils-dhorlogerie-934.webp?v=1778165011"},{"product_id":"demagnetiseur-montre-metal-plastique-compact","title":"Compact Watch Demagnetizer with Compass","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCompact Watch Demagnetizer with Control Compass for Mechanical Watches\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ewatch demagnetizer\u003c\/strong\u003e restores accuracy to a mechanical timepiece disrupted by a magnetic field. This compact model with a black casing sits on the workbench or dressing table, with a \u003cstrong\u003ered button\u003c\/strong\u003e to start the operation, a red indicator light to monitor it, and a provided \u003cstrong\u003econtrol compass\u003c\/strong\u003e to check the result. It is designed for collectors, watch enthusiasts, and watchmakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this compact watch demagnetizer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl compass included\u003c\/strong\u003e: it indicates whether the movement is still magnetized before and after the operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket-sized\u003c\/strong\u003e: a 10.2 x 6.1 x 3.1 cm casing that fits in a drawer or tool case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle button\u003c\/strong\u003e: no settings to learn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid technical plastic shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: it encloses the coil and protects the device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetized watch: why demagnetize a mechanical watch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003emagnetized watch\u003c\/strong\u003e runs fast, slow, or stops for no apparent reason. Everyday magnetic fields (smartphone, speaker, magnetic bag clasp) gradually magnetize the balance wheel and hairspring. A \u003cstrong\u003ewatch demagnetizer\u003c\/strong\u003e neutralizes this stray field: it is a quick operation that often avoids a trip to the workshop for a simple magnetization issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the compact watch demagnetizer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe casing measures \u003cstrong\u003e10.2 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e6.1 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e3.1 cm thick\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is made of technical plastic, with a copper coil inside, a red button with a metal nut, and a red indicator light. A black cable connects the device to its power supply. The separate compass has a chrome-plated metal casing and a dial graduated from 0 to 360 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the watch demagnetizer with the compass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the operation, move the watch around the compass: if the needle follows it, the movement is magnetized. Then place the watch flat on the casing, press the red button, and slowly move the watch away before releasing it. Repeat the test with the compass: the needle should no longer react.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStorage and maintenance of the watch demagnetizer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the device away from phones and magnets: a nearby field would distort the compass. Wipe the casing with a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without liquid products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the watch demagnetizer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know if my watch is magnetized?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBring it close to the provided compass: if the needle follows the watch case, the movement is magnetized. A watch that runs significantly fast or slow for no reason is another clue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this demagnetizer suitable for all watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt works on mechanical watches, whose balance wheel and hairspring are sensitive to magnetism. A quartz watch does not need this operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the compass included with the demagnetizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, it comes with the device and is used to check magnetization before and after the operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you need to be a watchmaker to use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo, the device is operated with a single button, and the compass allows you to check the result yourself. For an antique or high-value watch, a watchmaker remains the best advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the device take up in a drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts casing measures \u003cstrong\u003e10.2 x 6.1 x 3.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, roughly the size of a thick pack of cards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this demagnetizer from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together winders, boxes, cases, and watch displays: this demagnetizer completes the range for maintaining your timepieces. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestore accuracy to your mechanical watches with this compact demagnetizer.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e compact watch demagnetizer\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e technical plastic, copper coil\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasing dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.2 x 6.1 x 3.1 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControls:\u003c\/strong\u003e red button and red indicator light\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory included:\u003c\/strong\u003e control compass\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Compact with compass","offer_id":52364316311864,"sku":"DEMA-001","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/demagnetiseur-de-montre-160.webp?v=1778165015"},{"product_id":"loupe-bijoutier-horloger-pro-metal-verre-optique","title":"Red and Black Jeweler and Watchmaker Loupe, 3x to 15x","description":"\u003ch2\u003eJeweler and watchmaker loupe: inspect jewelry, gemstones and movements in close-up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejeweler's loupe\u003c\/strong\u003e rests against the eye, like a watchmaker's loupe, and leaves both hands free to examine a piece of jewelry, hallmark, stone or watch movement. Its black body is encircled by a red ring, its glass is optical, and it is available in \u003cstrong\u003e3x, 5x, 10x or 15x\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the fineness of the detail to be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jeweler and watchmaker loupe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour magnifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3x for an overview, 5x for routine examination, 10x for hallmarks and stones, 15x for fine detail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free\u003c\/strong\u003e: the loupe rests against the eye, allowing you to hold the piece in one hand and the tool in the other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptical glass\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lens is made of glass and unscrews from the body of the loupe, as shown in the disassembly photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact format\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into a jacket pocket or a tool case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack body and red ring\u003c\/strong\u003e: a sharp contrast that makes it easy to spot on the workbench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJeweler's loupe: what is it used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jeweler uses it to read \u003cstrong\u003ehallmarks\u003c\/strong\u003e on a ring or bracelet, check the condition of a setting, examine the prongs of a stone or spot a solder joint. The watchmaker uses it to check a \u003cstrong\u003ewatch movement\u003c\/strong\u003e, balance wheel, dial or scratched crystal. Collectors, numismatists and philatelists also find it useful for reading the fine details of a coin or stamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a workshop tool: it complements your equipment but does not replace a display. To display your jewelry, discover our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/buste-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry busts\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/plateaux-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry trays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing your loupe magnification: 3x, 5x, 10x or 15x\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe higher the magnification, the narrower the field of view and the shorter the focusing distance. \u003cstrong\u003e3x\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for an initial overview, \u003cstrong\u003e5x\u003c\/strong\u003e for the routine examination of a piece of jewelry, \u003cstrong\u003e10x\u003c\/strong\u003e for checking hallmarks and inclusions, and \u003cstrong\u003e15x\u003c\/strong\u003e for observing the finest detail. If you are unsure, 10x is a good compromise for jewelry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing and maintaining a jeweler's loupe with optical glass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the loupe in the eye socket, between the brow bone and the cheekbone, then bring the piece close until you get a clear image. Clean the glass with a clean, dry microfiber cloth, without solvent. Store the loupe away from dust and do not leave it in the sun, as a lens can concentrate light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jeweler and watchmaker loupe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich magnification should I choose to read a hallmark?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10x magnification is the most common for reading a hallmark or examining a stone. 5x is suitable if you are looking for a wider field of view.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this loupe be held in the hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt rests against the eye, leaving both hands free to handle the jewelry and the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the glass removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the lens unscrews from the body of the loupe, making it easier to clean each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is used to observe a movement, dial or crystal, just like a classic watchmaker's loupe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the colors vary?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe images show a red ring on a black body, as well as models with a black ring. Magnification is the selection criterion on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this loupe from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer jewelers and individuals the tools and displays that complement the presentation of jewelry. Returns are possible within 14 days, with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your magnification and inspect every detail of your jewelry.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jeweler and watchmaker loupe to rest against the eye\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal body, optical glass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black body, red ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3x, 5x, 10x or 15x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e hallmarks, gemstones, watch movements, dials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"3x","offer_id":52364316344632,"sku":"14:193#3x glass","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5x","offer_id":52364316377400,"sku":"14:173#5x glass","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15x","offer_id":52364316410168,"sku":"14:350850#15x glass","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10x","offer_id":52364316442936,"sku":"14:350686#10x glass","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/loupe-de-bijoutier-et-horloger-outil-809.webp?v=1778165025"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-marbre-dore","title":"Double Watch Display Stand in Black and Gold Marble","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDouble watch display stand in black marble with gold veining: two watches on a single base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003edouble watch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e features an octagonal black marble base with white and gold veining, from which two angled gold rods rise. Each holds a black cushion on which a \u003cstrong\u003ewatch\u003c\/strong\u003e rests, face visible. It is a decorative \u003cstrong\u003ewatch stand\u003c\/strong\u003e that transforms two pieces into a miniature shop display: for a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry showcase\u003c\/strong\u003e, watch shop, office, or dresser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this double display stand in black marble and gold\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo display positions\u003c\/strong\u003e: two cushions at different heights display two watches, for example, a couple's or a men's and women's pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dense stone that stabilizes the stand, with unique veining that makes each piece one of a kind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled gold rods\u003c\/strong\u003e: they hold the cushions in cantilever, leaving the strap unobstructed and the face clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport that accommodates the strap\u003c\/strong\u003e: a leather or metal strap wraps around the cushion, face visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo watches, two heights: the advantage of a tiered cushion stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two cushions are not at the same level: one is higher, the other lower. This \u003cstrong\u003etiered arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents the watches from obscuring each other and adds depth to the display. It allows a chronograph and a slimmer watch, or a men's and women's model, to be shown together, naturally creating a clear view of each face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlack marble with gold veining: a showcase setting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base is an elongated octagon with beveled edges. The black background makes silver or gold cases stand out, while the gold veining echoes the color of the rods. The result suits both classic leather straps and bronze or rose gold metal bracelets. Marble is a natural stone: no two veining patterns are alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this double watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ewatch shop\u003c\/strong\u003e, it can be placed on a showcase shelf or at the counter to display a pair of watches. For a collector, it neatly arranges two favorite pieces on a dresser or desk, keeping them clearly visible. It is also a \u003cstrong\u003egift\u003c\/strong\u003e idea for a fine watch enthusiast: it displays the gifted watch alongside the one they already wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the marble and gold rods\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid acidic products on the marble; wipe the rods with a microfiber cloth to remove fingerprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the double watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be displayed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo watches, one on each cushion. The straps wrap around the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the watch stay on the cushion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe strap closes around the cushion, case facing forward, as if on a wrist. The angled rod holds the support without obscuring the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to display two watches together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep them from touching. The two cushions are spaced apart and tiered so that the cases remain separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the marble always identical to the image?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo: it is a natural stone, and its veining varies from one piece to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this display stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers a range of jewelry and watch displays and stands for both professional showcases and home use. \u003cstrong\u003eReturns are accepted within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the \u003cstrong\u003etwo-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShowcase two watches on a single black and gold marble base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e double watch display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase material:\u003c\/strong\u003e black marble with gold veining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRods:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold, angled\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e showcase, counter, office, dresser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black and Gold Marble, Black Cushions","offer_id":52364316508472,"sku":"PM-MB-ET-001","price":96.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/porte-montres-en-marbre-brun-elegance-terre-montre-221.webp?v=1778165028"},{"product_id":"porte-montre-homme-marbre-pierre-luxe-solo","title":"Men's Watch Stand White Marble Hexagonal Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMen's watch stand on a white marble base: a chrome arm and a black cushion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emen's watch stand\u003c\/strong\u003e balances on a hexagonal base made of \u003cstrong\u003eveined white marble\u003c\/strong\u003e: a curved chrome arm holds a black cushion on which the watch rests. The piece floats above the stone, clearly visible, like in a jewelry display case. It is a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury watch display\u003c\/strong\u003e for a single watch, which can be placed on a desk, dresser, or counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this marble men's watch stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHexagonal white marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: the natural stone adds weight, and its gray veins vary from one piece to another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved chrome arm\u003c\/strong\u003e: a thin and elegant line that supports the cushion and brings the watch to the forefront.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: it highlights silver-tone cases and light dials without overpowering them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne featured watch\u003c\/strong\u003e: ideal for showcasing the watch of the day or a flagship model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek and masculine look\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative object as much as a stand, appreciated as a gift for a watch enthusiast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA luxury watch stand for the desk, bedroom, and display case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a work desk, it keeps the watch within reach and gives the work surface the look of a study. On a dresser, bedside table, or in a wardrobe, it highlights the watch you take off in the evening. In a jewelry display case, several stands of identical height form a neat row where each watch appears alone, well lit. The white marble and chrome match both modern interiors and more classic settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne watch at a time: showcased on the black cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strap wraps around the cushion, which keeps it rounded: the dial faces forward, slightly tilted. The stand holds \u003cstrong\u003e1 watch\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a metal, leather, or silicone strap, in men's sizes. The chrome arm, extending from the edge of the base, leaves the underside of the watch clear: you can see the strap hanging without touching a hard surface. For a collection, arrange several stands side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMarble, chrome, and cushion: materials and finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebase\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hexagon made of \u003cstrong\u003ewhite marble\u003c\/strong\u003e veined with gray; since marble is natural, no two pieces are identical. The \u003cstrong\u003earm\u003c\/strong\u003e is made of chrome-plated metal, and the \u003cstrong\u003ecushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is black and padded. The set is ready to use: it sits on a table without any assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for marble and chrome\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the marble with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it. Avoid acidic products, which dull the stone. The chrome can be cleaned with a dry microfiber cloth to prevent marks. Place the base on a flat surface and avoid impacts on its corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the white marble men's watch stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches does the stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne, wrapped around the black cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the marble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe marble is white, veined with gray; each base has its own unique veining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a large men's watch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cushion accommodates watches in common sizes, with the strap wrapped around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is a decorative object for a watch enthusiast, to be placed on a desk or dresser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this watch stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store offers displays, stands, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and professional use. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShowcase your watch on a marble base: order this men's watch stand.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individual marble watch stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marble, chrome arm, black cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hexagonal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarget audience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Men's watch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White Marble and Black Cushion","offer_id":52364316541240,"sku":"PM-HOMME-MAR-BR","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/porte-montre-homme-en-marbre-632.webp?v=1778165031"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-marbre-pierre-argent-dore","title":"White Marble Watch Display Stand, Gold or Silver Stem","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite marble watch display stand with gold or silver rod: the elegance of a stone piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewhite marble watch display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e is a T-shaped stand with a square base: a white marble base veined with grey, a metal rod, and a long black cushion on which the strap wraps. Available in two finishes, \u003cstrong\u003egold rod\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esilver rod\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is a refined \u003cstrong\u003ewatch holder\u003c\/strong\u003e for a watch shop window, a living room, or the office of a fine watch enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this white marble watch display stand with a metal rod\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: natural stone provides stability and a decorative presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElongated black cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: its roll shape holds one watch and, if the straps are thin, a second watch next to it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rod finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: contemporary silver or more prestigious gold, depending on the watch case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique piece\u003c\/strong\u003e: since marble has natural veins, no two bases are exactly alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGold rod or silver rod: choosing the finish for your watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003egold rod\u003c\/strong\u003e warms up the white of the marble and pairs with gold, two-tone, or rose gold cases. The \u003cstrong\u003esilver rod\u003c\/strong\u003e remains more neutral and enhances steel, titanium, or blue-dial watches. The black cushion contrasts with the light base in both cases, making the watch stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne or two watches on the same cushion: how to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cushion is designed for one watch in the center, dial facing you. Its length also allows two thin straps to be placed side by side, for example, a men's watch and a women's watch. The rod holds the cushion in the center of the base, so that the whole remains balanced. The stand is compact and fits on a display table or in a narrow showcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ewatch or jewelry shop window\u003c\/strong\u003e, it isolates a piece and gives it the attention it deserves. On a living room table or a professional stand, several pieces with alternating rods create a harmonious display. At home, it decorates a dresser or desk while storing the watch of the day. It is also a great \u003cstrong\u003egift\u003c\/strong\u003e idea for a horology enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the white marble and the cushion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the stone with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without acidic products that would dull it. The cushion can be brushed or wiped with a clean cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the white marble watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich rod finish should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold with gold or two-tone watches, silver with steel watches. Both versions have the same base and the same cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the marble always identical to the image?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a natural stone with veins unique to each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan two watches be placed on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stand is designed for one watch in the center; with thin straps, the elongated cushion can hold two side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to properly store your watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvoid stacking them and prefer a padded support that maintains the shape of the strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this display stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays and supports for jewelry and watches, for professional shop windows as well as storage at home. \u003cstrong\u003eReturns are accepted within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the rod that matches your watch and place it on a white marble base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-shaped watch display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e white marble, black cushion, metal rod\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRods:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold or silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 watch in the center\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e square\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e shop window, living room, office\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White Marble, Silver Stem","offer_id":52364316770616,"sku":"42140290-white-silver-black","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Marble, Gold Stem","offer_id":52364316803384,"sku":"42140290-white-gold-black","price":79.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/presentoir-montres-en-marbre-elegance-marbree-porte-montre-580.webp?v=1778165040"},{"product_id":"presentoir-montre-marbre-pierre-support-2-places","title":"Double Watch Display Stand White Marble, White Cushions","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDouble watch display stand in veined white marble: two watches on white cushions and chrome stems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e2-watch marble display stand\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-level stand: a white marble base veined with grey and purple, two angled chrome metal stems, and two white cushions, one higher than the other. It presents \u003cstrong\u003etwo watches\u003c\/strong\u003e facing each other, dials visible, and serves as a \u003cstrong\u003ewatch stand\u003c\/strong\u003e for a jewelry display case, living room, or collector's dresser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this two-watch display stand in white marble\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: a pair of watches, for example a men's model and a women's model, or two pieces from the same collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine marble base\u003c\/strong\u003e: the stone offers stability and a natural decor, with unique veins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cushions on angled stems\u003c\/strong\u003e: the supports are staggered in height, which prevents the watches from obscuring each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChrome stems\u003c\/strong\u003e: their metallic shine complements the white of the marble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVeined white marble: a natural stone decor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base takes the shape of an elongated octagon, with beveled edges and a carefully polished finish. Its grey veins, sometimes tinged with purple, are unique to each piece: no base is exactly identical to another. The white cushions, with a finely grained leather look, remain light and sober; they highlight the dark cases and metal bracelets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to display two watches on this stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach watch is placed with the closed bracelet around a cushion, case facing forward. The stand is designed so that the bracelets are not marked: the support is wide and the stem is thin. In a \u003cstrong\u003edisplay case\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is placed from the side so that both dials are visible; at home, facing you to choose the watch of the day. The two watches are separated by height, which prevents contact between the cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this two-watch display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the shelf of a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display case\u003c\/strong\u003e, it showcases a duo; on a dresser, it organizes the two watches you wear most often; on a desk, it serves as a decorative piece. It is also a way to \u003cstrong\u003epresent a gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: two watches for two people, side by side. This format is suitable for watches of various sizes, from men's models to thinner women's watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for marble and chrome stems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the stone with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e and avoid acidic products. Wipe the chrome stems with a microfiber cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the 2-watch marble display stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many watches can be displayed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo watches, one per cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the two cushions at the same height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are staggered in height so that each dial remains visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store watches without damaging them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA padded support keeps the bracelet in its shape and protects the glass; avoid letting the cases touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a commercial display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the marble base is stable and lends itself to a jewelry display case as well as domestic use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this display stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays and stands for jewelry and watches, for professional display cases as well as for the home. \u003cstrong\u003eReturns are accepted within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay two watches side by side on the same white marble base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e double watch display stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e white marble, chrome metal stems, white cushions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlots:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 watches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e elongated octagonal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e display case, counter, dresser, desk\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White Marble, White Cushions, Chrome Stems","offer_id":52364316836152,"sku":"PM-MAR-001","price":96.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/presentoir-montre-en-marbre-porte-469.webp?v=1778165045"},{"product_id":"mallette-montres-metal-aluminium-noir-vitrine","title":"Black Aluminum Watch Box 12 or 18 Slots Display Case","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack aluminum watch box: a portable display case for 12 or 18 watches\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewatch box\u003c\/strong\u003e in \u003cstrong\u003eblack aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a carrying case with a \u003cstrong\u003etransparent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows the collection to be seen without opening it. Depending on the version, it holds \u003cstrong\u003e12 or 18 watches\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for discerning collectors, trade show sellers, or watchmakers presenting their pieces during appointments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this aluminum watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rigid, lightweight matte black metal frame with reinforced corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the collection remains visible with the lid closed, like in a display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e: each watch rests on a soft black cushion in its own compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: two lockable fasteners keep the case closed during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo capacities\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12 slots in two rows of six, or 18 slots in three rows of six.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA portable watch display case for trade shows, stores, and collectors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen or closed, this \u003cstrong\u003eportable display case\u003c\/strong\u003e presents watches on a counter, a watch trade show stand, or a desk. The \u003cstrong\u003etraveling seller\u003c\/strong\u003e or watchmaker on the move carries it by its handle, then sets it down to show the selection to the customer through the lid. At home, the collector places it on a dresser: their watches remain protected from dust and always visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAluminum and transparent lid: the materials of the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is made of matte black aluminum, with textured panels and protective corners. The lid is equipped with a large transparent window that withstands everyday impacts. The interior is lined with soft cushions that protect cases and bracelets from rubbing during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the 12 or 18 slots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e12-slot\u003c\/strong\u003e version aligns two rows of six cushions in an elongated case; the \u003cstrong\u003e18-slot\u003c\/strong\u003e version features three rows of six in a more square format. Each watch is closed around its cushion, dial facing the lid, for an immediate view of the entire collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the aluminum case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the transparent window with a microfiber cloth, without abrasive products. Wipe the aluminum frame with a dry cloth; dust the cushions with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the aluminum watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 12-slot and 18-slot versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 12-slot version holds two rows of six watches. The 18-slot version adds a third row in a more square case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you see the watches without opening the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the transparent lid allows you to see the entire collection. Simply open the fasteners to remove a watch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the case lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts two fasteners are equipped with locks. The case remains closed during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean the transparent lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a dry or slightly damp microfiber cloth. Avoid abrasive products that scratch the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects display cases, boxes, and stands for watches and jewelry, for both home and professional display. Every order includes a \u003cstrong\u003e14-day return\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay and transport your collection in an aluminum case that showcases it.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the black aluminum watch box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e display watch box, case format\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e matte black aluminum, transparent lid, soft cushions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlots:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 slots (2 x 6) or 18 slots (3 x 6)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e two lockable fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransport:\u003c\/strong\u003e handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"12 Seats","offer_id":52364317622584,"sku":"200007763:201441035;14:173#12 Slot","price":176.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"18 Seats","offer_id":52364317655352,"sku":"200007763:201441035;14:193#18 Slot","price":197.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/malette-pour-montres-watchsafe-180.webp?v=1778165100"},{"product_id":"remontoir-montre-bois-gyroscopique-nebuleuse","title":"Glass and Wood Gyroscopic Bell Automatic Watch Winder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGyroscopic Automatic Watch Winder Under Glass Dome, Lacquered Wood Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egyroscopic automatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e rotates \u003cstrong\u003ea watch\u003c\/strong\u003e at the heart of gold-tone metal rings, under a tempered glass dome set on a lacquered wood base. It keeps your mechanical watch wound while becoming a centerpiece on a desk or in a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden and glass gyroscopic winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGyroscopic rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e: several interlocking rings rotate the watch on multiple axes, creating a continuous spectacle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass dome\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects the watch from dust and impacts while leaving it fully visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent automatic watch winder\u003c\/strong\u003e: a quiet motor that runs without vibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree rotation modes\u003c\/strong\u003e: clockwise, counter-clockwise, or mixed, depending on your watch's movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery-powered\u003c\/strong\u003e or mains-powered automatic watch winder with a European plug adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA designer watch winder for the office, living room, or display case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStanding \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall with an 18 cm base, this designer winder looks at home on an executive desk, a living room bookcase, an entryway console, or in the center of a jewelry display case. The gold-tone rings and reddish-brown grained wood evoke an antique astronomical instrument. It is also a memorable gift idea for a fine watch enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGyroscopic winder materials: wood, gold-tone metal, and tempered glass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round base is made of glossy \u003cstrong\u003elacquered wood\u003c\/strong\u003e with reddish-brown grain. The rings and supports are made of \u003cstrong\u003egold-plated metal\u003c\/strong\u003e. The dome is made of \u003cstrong\u003etempered glass\u003c\/strong\u003e. The entire piece measures 25 x 18 x 18 cm and weighs \u003cstrong\u003e1.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing excellent stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMounting the watch and rotation modes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe watch is secured around a cushion support, which attaches to the center of the rings. Remove the dome, install the watch, then replace the dome. Choose the rotation mode that corresponds to your movement: clockwise, counter-clockwise, or mixed. The mixed mode is the safest if you do not know the winding direction. The winder runs on mains power with its adapter, or on batteries for installation away from an outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the glass dome and wooden base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the dome with a microfiber cloth and a little water. Wipe the lacquered wood with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the gold-tone parts with a soft brush, without using abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the gyroscopic winder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a gyroscopic watch winder work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rings rotate the watch on multiple axes, mimicking the varied movements of a wrist. The oscillating mass winds the mainspring, and the watch stays on time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich rotation mode should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe one specified for your movement, clockwise or counter-clockwise. Otherwise, the mixed mode is suitable for most automatic watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the winder work without an electrical outlet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be powered by batteries. Near an outlet, the mains adapter eliminates the need to change the batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to preserve a valuable automatic watch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnder a dome and in motion: it remains protected from dust, and its oils stay evenly distributed. This is exactly what this winder offers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects winders, display cases, and boxes for watch enthusiasts and professionals. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003e14-day returns\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your favorite watch the centerpiece of the room, under glass and always on time.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the gyroscopic winder under a dome\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-watch gyroscopic automatic watch winder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e lacquered wood base, gold-plated metal rings, tempered glass dome\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 x 18 x 18 cm (height x width x depth)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9 kg\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRotation modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e clockwise, counter-clockwise, mixed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e European plug mains adapter or batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Lacquered Wood and Gold","offer_id":52364326699320,"sku":"RH-NEB-GYRO-001","price":584.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/remontoir-montre-gyroscopique-nebuleuse-343.webp?v=1778165178"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/collections\/couv-presentoir-bijoux-metal.jpg?v=1793617047","url":"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/en\/collections\/presentoir-bijoux-metal.oembed","provider":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","version":"1.0","type":"link"}